You are on page 1of 172

CARTRIDGES

CARTRIDGES & MECHANICAL


AND SEALS
MECHANICAL SEALS
Index - Cartridges
Lidering Safe Industry 4 Auxiliary Products 55
Company 4 LCY 56
Sectors 6 LHP 56
Characteristics 8 LST8 57
Advantages 10 LST9 57
LQT 58
Kitting 58
Simple Cartridge 12
LSC10 12
LSC10B-FQ 14 Production center, Quality
LSC25 16 control, checking and
LSC38-FQ 18 testing 59
LSC40-F 20
LSC40-F ANSI 22
LSC50-F 24 Compatibility Chart 60
LSC85 26 Chart 60
LSC211A-FD 28
LSC90 30
API Plans 62
Double Cartridge 31 API Plans 64
Summary 74
LDC21 32
LDC38 34
LDC39-D 36 Speciales Design 76
LDC40 38 Designs 76
LDC40-ANSI 40
LDC90 42
General Information 78
Materials Codes 78
Agitators and Reactors 43
LMS26 44
LMS27 46
Identification Chart 81
LMS28 48 Seals ldentification guide 81
LSC80 50 Cartridge ldentification guide 82
LDC80 52
LDC80 FLANGE accessories 54 Naming Codes 83
Naming Codes 83
Index - Mechanical Seals
Sectors 86 Auxiliary Products 135
LCY 135
Multispring Seals 90 LHP 135
LQT 136
LMS10D 90
LS 136
LMS11 91
LST8-LST9 137
LMS13 92
LMS14 93
LMS15D 94 Stationary Parts 138
LMS20/ LMS20T 95
LMS20B/ LMS20BT 96 Special Designs 141
LMS22 97
LMS26 98
LMS27 99 RMS Seals 142
LMS28 100
LMS29 101 Production Center -
Quality Control 149
Wave Spring Seals 102
LWS10 102 Certificates 150
LWS10B 103
LWS12 104 General Information 151
LWS30 / LWS30A 105
LWS31 106
LWS70 / LWS71 107 Chemical Resistance Chart 163

Axial Spring Seals: Conical 108 Compatibility Chart 166


FH / FHC 108
FN / LS15 and FN.NU / LS15DIN 109 Related Products 167
LS18 / LS19 110
LS18B 111 Identification Guide
LS60IL / LS60IN 112
RN / LS60 and RN.NU / LS60DIN 113 Mechanical Seals 169
RNB / LS60B and RN.NB / LS60BDIN 114
170
Axial Spring Seals: Cylindrical 115
LS40A 115 171
LS40C 116

Bellows Seals 117


LMB84 117
LMB85 118
LMB86 119
LRB00 120
LRB00U and LRB00L 121
LRB01-LRB01S- LRB04 -LRB04A and LRB06 122
LRB02 124
LRB03- LRB03A- LRB03B 125
LRB05 127
LRB17-LRB17A- LRB17E- LRB17KU- LRB17NU 128
LRB25-R- LRB25KU-R and LRB25NU-R 130
AR / LRB31 131
LRB50 132
LTB16 133
PNL 134
We are close to you...

As time goes by, we feel extremely satisfied and proud to be able to contribute to and form
part of a responsible, safe industry which is striving to build a better world and a safer
future. We are convinced we can offer you a solution that will meet your expectations.

Who we are
History: Estrategy: Vision:
Lidering was established in 1975 and Our aim is to be recognised in the market We aim to be experts in mechanical
specialises in designing, manufactu- for our accessibility and adaptability to seals and associated products for
ring, repairing and selling mechanical the needs of our customers and the avai- industry.
seals. We provide effective solutions lability and reliability of our products,
worldwide. solutions and services.

Accessibility Availability
Contact us using traditional methods or new communication Our wide range and efficient processes make it possible to deliver
technologies. We are always ready to provide you with the the requested product when it is required.
most suitable response.

Adaptability Reliability
We provide our customers with advice and guidance. Our Our customers see us as a trusted partner because we always
design and manufacturing capacity means we are able to meet our commitments.
customise products and services to their needs.

Our values: Sectors:


The personality of a business is created by the attitude of We contribute to the success of strategic sectors.
each member.
Lidering team is a passionate, demanding, responsible and
dynamic company. Our goal is to efficiently provide a re-
sponse to your needs.

4
We belive in :
Corporate
Innovation commitment.
Teamwork.

Learning and
Change ongoing improvement.
management.

Responsibility ethical
behaviour in relation
to the environment.

Ethical behaviour
in relation to the A customer A success
oriented approach. oriented approach.
environment.

We are part of the businesses and sectors


that make our lives safer and simpler.

Our products help protect and take care of the environment.

5
Sectors

Today, many demanding industrial sectors need sealing systems


that guarantee safety for both people and facilities. It is very im-
portant to offer quality products that are resistant to extreme con-
ditions such as high pressures and temperatures and that also
guarantee impeccable sealing.

This safety is ensured by using single and double cartridge seals


for sealing corrosive and/or abrasive fluids containing heavy so-
lids or sticky fluids with scant lubrication. The correct selection
of the cartridge seal design and its materials, the use of flush,
quench, ring and pumping connections, among others, and their
auxiliary elements such as tanks and cyclones considerably ex-
tend the useful life of the cartridge seals.

6
It is just as important to use a product that is technically
suitable for the application as it is to be able to install it
easily and safely. With this objective in mind, the cartridge
seals shown in this catalogue have been designed to re-
duce all possibilities of error to a minimum during the ins-
tallation process and also prevent damage to other pump
components.

7
Relevant Characteristics

Some of their most


important features are:

•The use of solid contact surfaces to pre-


vent possible deformations, with the en-
suing loss of flatness.

•The O-ring that seals the shaft is static. It


avoids the fretting effect on the shaft and
its subsequent repair.

• Contact surfaces with an anti-rotation


pin to prevent them from sticking to-
gether (sticky fluids, dry start-ups) and
turning in their housings.

8
•The springs for compressing the con-
tact surfaces are isolated from the pro-
duct, which prevents them from becoming
blocked by products containing particles,
pastes, etc. They are made of Hastelloy
material and have great chemical resis-
tance and mechanical properties superior
to those of stainless steel.

• A flat self-adhesive seal that facilitates the


positioning and prevents failures during the
installation process.

•Contact surfaces made of sintered silicon carbide


(Q1), suitable for working with the most aggressive
products in the chemical industry.

• Self-centering clips that assure the


cartridge is installed correctly.

9
Advantages

Benefits of cartridge seals as opposed to


other more traditional sealing systems, such
as packing:

• All of our cartridge seals are fac-


tory-tested to guarantee they func-
tion correctly.

• Their sealing system does not damage


• They are easy and quick to install. the shaft surface.

• They provide complete sealing • They are cleaner in environmental


with no drips. terms.

• They require no maintenance; unlike braided packing, the cartridge requires no re-tigh tening.

100

% 72%
Instalation costs:

Operating costs:
0

10
• They reduce the pump power consumption. • There are no product leaks.

11
LSC10 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Wave spring

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 24 ÷ 95 mm p= 10 kg/cm²

v= 20 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)


(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material
of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics and
those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Single cartridge in which due to its geometry, the rota-
ting part has a wave spring to prevent it from blocking
when in contact with viscous fluids or fibres.

12
Single Cartridge

COMPONENTS:
1 Rotating contact surface
2 Stationary contact surface
3 O-rings
4 Metal bellows
5a Metal frame
5b Ring
5c Set screws
5d Set screws
6 Sleeve
7 Flange
8 Setting clips
9 Flat gasket
10 Drive ring

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft

mm d2 d2 d3 d4 d4 d5 d6 I1 I2 I3 I4
min. max. min. max.

24 72 93 105 44 52 43 60 32 21 41 12
25 72 93 105 44 52 43 60 32 21 41 12
28 72 93 105 49 52 47 60 32 21 41 12
30 76 98 110 49 56 48 64 32 21 41 12
32 77 98 110 51 57 50 65 32 21 41 12
33 81.5 103 115 57 61.5 55 69.5 32 21 43,5 12
35 81.5 103 115 57 61.5 55 69.5 32 21 43,5 12
38 86 108 120 62 66 60 74 32 21 42 12
40 88 108 120 62 68 60 76 32 21 42 12
43 90.5 123 135 67 70.5 65 78.5 32 21 42 12
45 93 123 135 67 73 65 81 32 21 42 12
48 98 123 135 74 78 70 86 32 21 45,5 12
50 100 123 135 74 78 70 88 32 21 45,5 12
55 111 134 150 82 85 81 95 32 21 50,5 16
60 121 130 150 87 91 86 101 32 21 50,5 20
65 128.5 140 160 93 98.5 91 108.5 32 21 57 20
70 138 155 175 100 108 99 118 32 21 57 20
75 148 170 190 105 118 104 128 32 21 57 20
80 154 170 190 111 124 109 134 32 21 57 20
85 158 170 190 116 128 114 138 32 21 62 20
90 165 195 215 121 135 119 145 32 21 63 20
95 168 195 215 126 138 124 148 32 21 63 20

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

13
LSC10B-FQ SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Multispring.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Flush and drain connections.
• API 682 / ISO 21049.
• Categories 2 and 3, Type A, Arrangement 1.

OPERATION LIMITS:
d1= 19,05 ÷ 110 mm p= 40 kg/cm²

v= 23 m/s t= -40÷ +220oC (*)


(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material
of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics
and those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Simple cartridge with connections for washing between
the friction faces and the Quench system with unpres-
surized fluid for cooling. For applications where high
pressure is required.
The special characteristics of the cartridge provide
great robustness and reliability.
Its design allows axial movement of up to ± 2.0 mm,
depending on the diameter and mounting.

14
Single Cartridge

COMPONENTS:
1 Rotating contact surface
2 Stationary contact surface
3 O-ring
4 Springs
5 Drive ring
6 Sleeve
7 Flange
8 Setting clips
12 PTFE ring for quench.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm Dimensions in inches
Shaft Shaft

mm d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 I1 I2 I3 I11 (") mm d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 I1 I2 I3 I11

20 138,0 70,0 50,0 105,0 85,0 94,0 76,0 1,0 6,0 0,750 19,05 138,0 70,0 50,0 105,0 85,0 94,0 76,0 1,0 6,0

30 148,0 80,0 62,0 115,0 95,0 98,0 77,0 2,5 6,0 1,125 28,575 148,0 80,0 62,0 115,0 95,0 98,0 77,0 2,5 6,0

40 158,0 90,0 72,0 125,0 105,0 98,5 77,5 7,0 6,0 1,500 38,10 158,0 90,0 72,0 125,0 105,0 98,5 77,5 7,0 6,0

50 168,0 100,0 86,0 140,0 115,0 99,5 78,5 12,0 6,0 2,000 50,80 168,0 100,0 86,0 140,0 115,0 99,5 78,5 12,0 6,0

60 188,0 120,0 99,0 160,0 135,0 102,0 81,0 18,5 6,0 2,250 57,15 188,0 120,0 99,0 160,0 135,0 102,0 81,0 18,5 6,0

70 198,0 130,0 109,0 170,0 145,0 106,0 81,0 18,0 6,0 2,750 69,85 198,0 130,0 109,0 170,0 145,0 106,0 81,0 18,0 6,0

80 208,0 140,0 119,0 180,0 155,0 106,0 81,0 23,0 6,0 3,125 79,38 208,0 140,0 119,0 180,0 155,0 106,0 81,0 23,0 6,0

90 238,0 160,0 129,0 205,0 175,0 106,0 81,0 23,0 6,0 3,500 88,90 238,0 160,0 129,0 205,0 175,0 106,0 81,0 23,0 6,0

100 248,0 170,0 153,0 215,0 185,0 109,0 81,0 24,0 6,0 3,750 95,25 248,0 170,0 153,0 215,0 185,0 109,0 81,0 24,0 6,0

110 258,0 180,0 168,0 225,0 195,0 109,0 81,0 24,0 6,0 4,250 107,95 258,0 180,0 168,0 225,0 195,0 109,0 81,0 24,0 6,0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

15
LSC25 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Single cylindrical spring.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 24 ÷ 95 mm p= 20 kg/cm²

v= 15 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)


(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material
of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics and
those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Single cartridge in which the rotating part has metal
tabs that reduce fatigue and tension in the rubber be-
llow when in the working position.

16
Single Cartridge

COMPONENTS:
1 Rotating contact surface
2 Stationary contact surface
3a Rubber bellows
3b O-ring
4 Spring
5 Set screws
6 Sleeve
7 Flange
8 Setting clips
9 Flat gasket
10 Drive ring

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft

mm d2 d2 d3 d4 d4 d5 d6 I1 I2 I3 I4
min. max. min. max.

24 72 93 105 44 52 43 60 32 21 41 12
25 72 93 105 44 52 43 60 32 21 41 12
28 72 93 105 49 52 47 60 32 21 41 12
30 76 98 110 49 56 48 64 32 21 41 12
32 77 98 110 51 57 50 65 32 21 41 12
33 81.5 103 115 57 61.5 55 69.5 32 21 43,5 12
35 81.5 103 115 57 61.5 55 69.5 32 21 43,5 12
38 86 108 120 62 66 60 74 32 21 42 12
40 88 108 120 62 68 60 76 32 21 42 12
43 90.5 123 135 67 70.5 65 78.5 32 21 42 12
45 93 123 135 67 73 65 81 32 21 42 12
48 98 123 135 74 78 70 86 32 21 45,5 12
50 100 123 135 74 78 70 88 32 21 45,5 12
55 111 134 150 82 85 81 95 32 21 50,5 16
60 121 130 150 87 91 86 101 32 21 50,5 20
65 128.5 140 160 93 98.5 91 108.5 32 21 57 20
70 138 155 175 100 108 99 118 32 21 57 20
75 148 170 190 105 118 104 128 32 21 57 20
80 154 170 190 111 124 109 134 32 21 57 20
85 158 170 190 116 128 114 138 32 21 62 20
90 165 195 215 121 135 119 145 32 21 63 20
95 168 195 215 126 138 124 148 32 21 63 20

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

17
LSC38-FQ SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Welded Metal bellows.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Flushing and quenching connections.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 25 ÷ 80 mm p= 20 kg/cm²

v= 25 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)


(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material
of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics
and those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
A single cartridge seal that permits the injection of ex-
ternal fluids (quenching and flushing) and the recircula-
tion of internal fluids (flushing).
The rotating part of the seal has a self-cleaning metal
bellows structure.
Suitable for applications with extremely viscous, sticky
fluids laden with particles that run a risk of freezing,
solidification or sedimentation.

CONECTIONS (R):
From 25 mm to 65 mm: 1/4” NPT.
From 70 mm to 80 mm: 3/8” NPT.

18
Single Cartridge

COMPONENTS:
1 Rotating contact surface.
2 Stationary contact surface
3 O-rings
4 Metal bellows
5 Set screws
6 Sleeve
7 Flange
8 Setting clips
9 Flat gasket
10 Drive ring

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft

mm d3 d4 d4 d5 d6 I1 I2 I3 I4
min. mx.

25 105,0 47,0 51,0 45,0 62,0 53,4 25,4 26,1 13,2

30 105,0 52,0 56,0 49,4 67,0 53,4 25,4 25,0 13,2

32 108,0 54,5 57,0 52,3 70,0 53,4 25,4 25,0 13,2

33 108,0 54,5 57,0 52,3 70,0 53,4 25,4 25,0 13,2

35 113,0 58,0 61,5 54,8 72,0 53,4 25,4 25,0 13,2

38 123,0 60,0 66,0 57,5 75,0 53,4 25,4 25,0 14,0

40 123,0 62,0 68,0 58,8 77,0 53,4 25,4 24,8 14,2

43 133,0 64,5 70,5 61,9 80,0 53,4 25,4 25,0 14,2

45 138,0 68,5 73,0 65,0 82,0 53,4 25,4 25,0 14,2

48 138,0 71,0 75,0 68,4 85,0 53,4 25,4 25,3 14,2

50 148,0 73,0 78,0 70,0 87,0 53,4 25,4 25,7 14,2

53 148,0 75,0 87,0 71,9 97,0 53,4 25,4 24,4 18,0

55 148,0 77,0 83,0 74,6 92,0 53,4 25,4 25,5 18,0

60 157,0 87,0 91,0 83,9 102,0 53,4 25,4 26,7 18,0

65 163,0 90,0 98,5 87,5 109,3 53,4 25,4 26,6 18,0

70 178,0 98,0 108,0 93,0 118,3 53,4 25,4 28,1 18,0

75 190,0 101,6 118,0 96,8 129,0 63,9 28,0 30,5 18,0

80 195,0 108,0 124,0 104,7 135,0 64,0 28,0 30,4 18,0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

19
LSC40-F SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Multispring.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Flushing connections.

OPERATION LIMITS:
d1= 25 ÷ 100 mm p= 25 kg/cm²
v= 16 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material
of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics and
those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
A single cartridge with connections for flushing the seal
contact faces. The springs are portected from the pro-
duct to prevent blocking in applications with particle-la-
den fluids. The standard flange has a connection for
LSC40-F flushing to clean and cool the faces (LSC40-F)

COMPONENTS: CONNECTIONS (R):


1 Rotating contact surface 8 Setting clips From 25 mm to 35 mm: 1/4” NPT.
2 Stationary contact surface 9 Flat gasket From 38 mm to 100 mm: 3/8” NPT.
3 O-rings 10 Drive ring
4 Springs 11 Lip seal quench
5 Set screws 12 Throttle ring PTFE carbon
6 Sleeve -graphite reinforced quench
7 Flange

20
Single Cartridge

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in inches
Shaft

(") mm d3 d4 4d d5 d6 I1 I2 I3 I4 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17


mín. máx.

1,000 25,4 105,0 44,5 50,8 43,0 62,0 42,4 25,4 24,6 13,2 35,0 32,0 17,5 79,5 53,4 26,1
1,125 28,6 105,0 47,6 52,1 46,0 62,0 42,4 25,4 24,6 13,2 35,0 32,0 17,5 79,5 53,4 26,1
1,250 31,8 110,0 50,8 57,2 49,8 67,1 42,4 25,4 24,6 13,2 35,0 32,0 17,5 79,5 53,4 26,1
1,375 34,9 113,0 54,0 61,5 53,0 69,9 42,4 25,4 24,6 13,2 35,0 32,0 17,5 79,5 53,4 26,1
1,500 38,1 123,0 57,2 66,7 55,9 74,9 42,4 25,4 24,6 13,2 35,0 32,0 17,5 79,5 53,4 26,1
1,625 41,3 123,0 60,3 68,6 59,4 77,0 42,4 25,4 24,6 15,2 35,0 32,0 17,5 79,5 53,4 26,1
1,750 44,5 138,0 63,5 71,4 62,5 81,0 42,4 25,4 24,6 15,2 35,0 32,0 17,5 79,5 53,4 26,1
1,875 47,6 138,0 66,7 74,7 65,6 81,0 42,4 25,4 24,6 15,2 35,0 32,0 17,5 79,5 53,4 26,1
LSC40-FQO
2,000 50,8 148,0 69,9 81,0 68,0 87,1 42,4 25,4 24,6 15,2 35,0 32,0 17,5 79,5 53,4 26,1 Single cartridge with connec-
2,125 53,98 148,0 73,0 87,3 72,0 97,0 42,4 25,4 24,6 18,0 35,0 32,0 17,5 79,5 53,4 26,1 tions for quench and flush
2,250 57,2 157,0 76,2 90,4 75,2 100,1 42,4 25,4 24,6 18,0 35,0 32,0 17,5 79,5 53,4 26,1 between the faces, with a
2,375 60,3 157,0 79,4 91,2 78,0 102,1 42,4 25,4 24,6 18,0 35,0 32,0 17,5 79,5 53,4 26,1 non-pressurised fluid. The
2,500 63,5 163,0 82,6 96,5 81,6 105,9 42,4 25,4 24,6 18,0 35,0 32,0 17,5 79,5 53,4 26,1 quench fluid sealing is done
2,625 66,7 163,0 85,7 100,0 84,8 109,0 42,4 25,4 24,6 18,0 35,0 32,0 17,5 79,5 53,4 26,1 through an oil seal.
2,750 69,9 178,0 95,3 108,0 93,0 118,1 42,4 25,4 24,6 18,0 35,0 37,9 22,0 79,5 53,4 26,1 For applications using fluids
2,875 73,0 190,0 101,6 118,0 100,0 129,0 57,4 25,4 26,6 18,0 46,1 37,9 22,0 -- -- -- with scant lubrication.
3,000 76,2 190,0 101,6 118,0 100,0 129,0 57,4 25,4 26,6 18,0 46,1 37,9 22,0 98,0 63,9 34,1
3,125 79,4 195,0 104,8 121,0 106,4 135,0 57,4 25,4 26,6 18,0 46,1 37,9 22,0 98,0 63,9 34,1
3,250 82,6 195,0 108,0 124,0 106,4 135,0 57,4 28 26,6 18,0 46,1 37,9 22,0 98,0 63,9 34,1
3,375 85,7 198,0 111,1 128,0 109,5 139,0 57,4 28 26,6 22,0 46,1 37,9 22,0 98,0 63,9 34,1
3,500 88,9 198,0 114,3 131,0 112,7 142,0 57,4 28 26,6 22,0 46,1 37,9 22,0 98,0 63,9 34,1
3,625 92,1 205,0 117,5 135,0 115,9 145,0 57,4 28 26,6 22,0 46,1 37,9 22,0 98,0 63,9 34,1
3,750 95,3 208,0 120,7 138,0 119,1 148,0 57,4 28 26,6 22,0 46,1 37,9 22,0 98,0 63,9 34,1
4,000 101,6 218,0 127,0 144,0 125,4 154,0 57,4 28 26,6 22,0 46,1 37,9 22,0 -- -- --

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft

mm I1 I2 I3 I4 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 d3 d 4 d d5 d6


LSC40-FQG
4
mín. máx.

25 42,4 25,4 24,6 13,2 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 105 44 51,5 43 62 Single cartridge with connec-
28 42,4 25,4 24,6 13,2 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 105 47 52 46 62 tions for quench and flush
30 42,4 25,4 24,6 13,2 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 110 49 56 48 65 between the faces, with a
32 42,4 25,4 24,6 13,2 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 110 51 57 49,8 67 non-pressurised fluid. The
33 42,4 25,4 24,6 13,2 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 113 51 57 49,8 67 quench fluid sealing is done
35 42,4 25,4 24,6 13,2 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 123 54 61,5 53 70 through a throttle ring PTFE
38 42,4 25,4 24,6 14,2 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 123 57 66 56 75 carbon-graphite reinforced.
40 42,4 25,4 24,6 14,2 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 123 59 68 58 75
42 42,4 25,4 24,6 14,2 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 133 61,5 69,5 60,5 80
43 42,4 25,4 24,6 14,2 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 138 61,5 70,5 60,5 80
45 42,4 25,4 24,6 14,2 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 138 64 73 62,5 81
48 42,4 25,4 24,6 14,2 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 138 67 75 65,6 84
50 42,4 25,4 24,6 18 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 148 69 78 68 87
53 42,4 25,4 24,6 18 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 148 73 87 72 97
55 42,4 25,4 24,6 18 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 148 74 83 73 90
60 42,4 25,4 24,6 18 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 157 79 91 78 102
65 42,4 25,4 24,6 18 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 163 85,7 98,5 84,8 109
70 42,4 25,4 24,6 18 35.0 32.0 17.5 79.5 53.4 26.1 178 95 108 93 118
75 57,4 28 26,6 18 46.1 37.9 22.0 98.0 63.9 34.1 190 101,6 118 100 129
80 57,4 28 26,6 18 46.1 37.9 22.0 98.0 63.9 34.1 195 108 124 106,4 135 LSC40
Single cartridge with no con-
85 57,4 28 26,6 22 46.1 37.9 22.0 98.0 63.9 34.1 198 111,1 128 109,5 139
nections, for closed chamber
90 57,4 28 26,6 22 46.1 37.9 22.0 98.0 63.9 34.1 205 117,5 135 115,9 145
applications in which no water
95 57,4 28 26,6 22 46.1 37.9 22.0 98.0 63.9 34.1 208 120,7 138 119,1 148
recirculation is necessary.
100 57,4 28 26,6 22 46.1 37.9 22.0 98.0 63.9 34.1 218 127 144 125,4 154
Applications: Clean fluids
Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

21
LSC40-F ANSI SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Multispring.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Flushing connections.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 25,4 ÷ 95,3 mm p= 25 kg/cm²
v= 16 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the ma-
terial of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor


which is determined for the sealing system charac-
teristics and those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
A single cartridge with connections for flushing the
seal contact faces. The springs are portected from the
product to prevent blocking in applications with parti-
cle-laden fluids. The standard flange has a connection
for flushing to clean and cool the faces.

Recomended for flange pumps ANSI Standard bore


and ansi big bore

COMPONENTS:
1 Rotating contact surface 8 Setting clips CONNECTIONS (R):
2 Stationary contact surface 9 Flat gasket From 25,4 mm to 34,9 mm: 1/4” NPT.
3 O-rings 10 Drive ring
4 Springs 11 Lip seal quench From 38,1 mm to 95,3 mm: 3/8” NPT.
5 Set screws 12 Throttle ring PTFE carbon
6 Sleeve -graphite reinforced quench
7 Flange

22
Single Cartridge

DIMENSIONS CHART ANSI BIG BORE


Dimensions in inches
LSC40-FQOAB LSC40-FQGAB LSC40-FAB
Shaft

(") mm d3 d 4 d 4 d5 d6 I1 I2 I3 I4 I15 I16 I17


min. max.

1,000 25,4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

1,125 28,5 114,3 44,5 71 43,5 84,1 42,3 25,4 24,6 11,1 74,6 48,4 26,1

1,250 31,7 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

1,375 35 130 50,8 81 49,7 90 42,3 25,4 24,6 11,1 74,8 48,7 26,1

1,500 38,1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

1,625 41,2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

1,750 44,4 165 63,5 103 62,5 116 42,3 25,4 24,6 14,2 76,5 50,3 26,1

1,875 47,6 152 67,5 100 65,6 112 42,3 25,4 24,6 14 78 52,3 25,7 LSC40-FQOAB : ANSI BIG BORE
LSC40-FQOAS : ANSI STANDARD BORE
2,000 50,8 160 70 116 68 124 42,3 32 18 14 79,5 53,3 26,1

2,125 54 175 74 115 72 134 42,3 25,4 24,6 18 76,5 50,3 26,1

2,250 57,1 163 78,5 112 75,1 119 48,7 32,4 17,6 18 79,5 53,8 26,1 Single cartridge with connections
2,500 63,5 198 83,7 134 81,5 140 48,7 31,7 18,2 18 79,5 53,8 26,1 for quench and flush between the
2,625 66,6 175 80,5 130 84,7 136 48,7 31,7 18,2 18 79,5 53,8 26,1
faces, with a non-pressurised
fluid. The quench fluid sealing is
2,750 69,8 190 95 133 93 140 49,4 32,4 17,6 16 79,5 53,8 26,1
done through a lip seal.
3,000 76,2 209 102 140 100 150 57,8 32,4 26,1 16,5 98 64 34,1 For applications using fluids with
3,250 82,5 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- scant lubrication.
Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

DIMENSIONS CHART ANSI STANDARD BORE


Dimensions in inches
LSC40-FQOAS LSC40-FQGAS LSC40-FAS
Shaft

(") mm d3 d 4 d 4 d5 d6 I1 I2 I3 I4 I15 I16 I17


min max

1,000 25,4 100 44 56 43 70 42,3 25,4 24,6 11 74,6 48,4 26,1

1,125 28,6 105 44,5 67 43,5 62 42,3 25,4 24,6 11,1 74,6 48,4 26,1

1,250 31,8 108 51 61 50 67 42,3 25,4 24,6 11 79,5 53,3 26,1

1,375 34,9 107 50,8 61 49,8 70,1 42,3 25,4 24,6 11,1 74,8 48,7 26,1

1,500 38,1 114 57 69 55,8 75 42,3 25,4 24,6 14 79,5 53,3 26,1

1,625 41,3 125 61,4 71 59,4 77 42,3 25,4 24,6 14 79,5 53,3 26,1

1,750 44,5 130 63,5 75 62,5 82 42,3 25,4 24,6 14,2 76,5 50,3 26,1

1,875 47,6 130 67,5 78 65,6 81 42,3 25,4 24,6 14 78 51,8 26,1

2,000 50,8 139 70 81 68 87,1 42,3 25,4 24,6 16 79,5 53,3 26,1

2,125 54,0 140 74 91 71,9 97 42,3 25,4 24,6 16,5 76,5 50,3 26,1 LSC40-FQGAB : ANSI BIG BORE
LSC40-FQGAS : ANSI STANDARD BORE
2,250 57,2 149 77,1 91 75,1 98 42,3 25,4 24,6 16,5 79,5 53,3 26,1

2,375 60,3 157 79,3 91,1 77,9 102,1 42,3 25,4 24,6 18 25,4 25,4 25,4
Single cartridge with connections
2,500 63,5 170 83,5 100 81,5 115 42,3 28,5 24,6 18 79,5 53,3 26,1 for quench and flush between the
2,625 66,7 162 86,7 102 84,7 115 42,3 31,7 24,6 16 79,5 53,3 26,1 faces, with a non-pressurised
2,750 69,9 189 95 111 92,9 118 49 32 18 18 79,5 53,3 26,1
fluid. The quench fluid sealing
is done through a throttle ring
3,000 76,2 199 102 120 100 127 57,4 32 26,5 18 98 64 34,1
PTFE carbon-graphite reinforced.
3,250 82,6 198,8 108,4 125 106,4 135 57,4 32 26,5 18 98 64 34,1 For applications using fluids with
3,750 95,3 208 120,6 138 119,1 148 57,4 25,4 26,5 22 25,4 25,4 25,4 scant lubrication.
Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

23
LSC50-F SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Multispring.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Flushing connections.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 50 ÷ 150 mm p= 10 kg/cm²

v= 10 m/s t= -40 ÷ +150oC (*)


(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material
of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics
and those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
A Split single cartridge with connection for flushing.

For applications where is necessary to replace braided


packing and there is enough space in the installation or
the removal of the pump is very complex and requires
a large investment of time.

Each half is placed around the shaft. They are joined by


screws, without dismantling the pump.

CONNECTIONS (R):
From 50 mm to 82,55 mm: 3/8" NPT.
From 88,9 mm to 150 mm: 1/2" NPT.

24
Single Cartridge

COMPONENTS:
1 Rotating contact surface
2 Stationary contact surface
3a O-ring
3b O-ring
3c O-ring
4 Springs
5 Metal frame
7 Flange
9 Flat gasket

DIMENSIONS CHART DIMENSIONS CHART


Dimensions in inches Dimensions in mm

Shaft Shaft

(") mm d2 d3 d5 d6 I1 I2 I4 mm d2 d3 d5 d6 I1 I2 I4

2,00 50,8 87,7 138 75 84 62,9 45 15 50 88 138 75 84 63 45 15


2,15 54 92 147 79 88 62,9 45 15 60 105 149 89 101 64 46 17,5
2,375 60,3 105 149 89 101 64 46 17,5 70 118 176 98 113 64 46 20
2,50 63,5 108,5 157 92,5 104,5 64 46 17,5 80 135 191 110 132 65 47 20
2,75 69,8 118 176 98 113 64 46 20 90 145 203 121 140 72,5 50,5 22
3,00 76,2 127 192 107 122 65 47 20 100 155 216 131 150 72,5 50,5 22
3,25 82,5 135 191 110 132 65 47 20 110 170 230 142 165 72,5 50,5 22
3,50 89 145 203 121 140 72,4 50,5 22 120 180 240 152 175 72,5 50,5 22
3,75 95,2 148 206 125 143 72,4 50,5 22 125 190 268 162 185 89,5 62,5 26
4,00 101,6 155 216 131 150 72,4 50,5 22 140 205 303 175 200 89,5 62,5 26
4,25 108 170 230 142 165 72,4 50,5 22 150 220 308 188 215 89,5 62,5 26
4,50 114,3 180 240 152 175 72,4 50,5 22
4,75 120,6 180 240 152 175 72,4 50,5 22 Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.
5,00 127 190 268 162 185 89,5 62,5 26
5,50 139,7 205 303 175 200 89,5 62,5 26
6,00 152,4 220 308 188 215 89,5 62,5 26

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

25
LSC85 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Welded metal bellows.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 24 ÷ 95 mm p= 20 kg/cm²

v= 25 m/s t= -40 ÷ +200oC (*)


(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material
of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics and
those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Single cartridge in which the rotating part has a metal
bellow. Adequate for applications with extremely vis-
cous, sticky, particle-laden fluids.

26
Single Cartridge

COMPONENTS:
1 Rotating contact surface
2 Stationary contact surface
3 O-rings
4 Metal bellows
5 Metal frame
5b Set screws
6 Sleeve
7 Flange
8 Setting clips
9 Flat gasket
10 Drive ring

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft

mm d2 d2 d3 d4 d4 d5 d6 I1 I2 I3 I4
mín. max. mín. máx.

24 72 93 105 44 52 43 60 32 21 41 12
25 72 93 105 44 52 43 60 32 21 41 12
28 72 93 105 49 52 47 60 32 21 41 12
30 76 98 110 49 56 48 64 32 21 41 12
32 77 98 110 51 57 50 65 32 21 41 12
33 81.5 103 115 57 61.5 55 69.5 32 21 43.5 12
35 81.5 103 115 57 61.5 55 69.5 32 21 43.5 12
38 86 108 120 62 66 60 74 32 21 42 12
40 88 108 120 62 68 60 76 32 21 42 12
43 90.5 123 135 67 70.5 65 78.5 32 21 42 12
45 93 123 135 67 73 65 81 32 21 42 12
48 98 123 135 74 78 70 86 32 21 45.5 12
50 100 123 135 74 78 70 88 32 21 45.5 12
55 111 134 150 82 85 81 95 32 21 50.5 16
60 121 130 150 87 91 86 101 32 21 50.5 20
65 128.5 140 160 93 98.5 91 108.5 32 21 57 20
70 138 155 175 100 108 99 118 32 21 57 20
75 148 170 190 105 118 104 128 32 21 57 20
80 154 170 190 111 124 109 134 32 21 57 20
85 158 170 190 116 128 114 138 32 21 62 20
90 165 195 215 121 135 119 145 32 21 63 20
95 168 195 215 126 138 124 148 32 21 63 20

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

27
LSC211A-FD SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Multispring.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Stuffing box gland shape.
• Flush and drain connections.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 25 ÷ 70 mm p= 20 kg/cm²

v= 11.2 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)

(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material


of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics and
those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Cartridge cast flange with a stuffing box gland shape for
replacing packing in pumps.
The springs are protected from the product to prevent
the blocking in applications with particle-laden fluids.
The flange has two connections, one for flushing and
cleaning the faces, and the another is a drain to clean
the springs and also to control the small leaks.

CONNECTIONS (R):
From 25 mm to 70 mm: 1/8” NPT.

28
Single Cartridge

COMPONENTS:
1 Rotating contact surface
2 Stationary contact surface
3 O-rings
4 Springs
5 Set screws
6 Sleeve
7 Flange
8 Setting clips
9 Flat gasket
10 Drive ring

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm

Shaft Shaft

mm d3 d4 d4 d5 d6 I1 I2 I3 I4 (") mm d3 d 4 d 4 d5 d6 I1 I2 I3 I4
mín. máx. mín máx

25 104 49 58 43,5 62 38 21,5 19 12,5 1,000 25,40 104 49 58 46,5 62 38 21,5 19 12,5
28 104 50 58 46,5 63 38 21,5 19 12,5
1,125 28,58 104 52 61 48,5 62 38 21,5 19 12,5
30 104 52 61 48,5 65 38 21,5 19 12,5
1,250 31,75 104 54 62 51,5 67 38 21,5 19 12,5
32 102 54 59 51,5 67 38 21,5 19 12,5
1,375 34,93 115 57 65 53,5 70 38 21,5 19 12,5
33 104 54 62 51,5 67 38 21,5 19 12,5
1,500 38,10 125 62 71 56,5 75 38 21,5 19 14,7
35 115 57 65 53,5 70 38 21,5 19 12,5
38 125 62 71 56,5 75 38 21,5 19 14,7 1,625 41,28 133 66 75 60,5 79 38 21,5 19 14,7

40 125 62 71 58,5 75 38 21,5 19 14,7 1,750 44,45 140 68 77,5 63,5 81 38 21,5 19 14,7
42 133 66 75 60,5 79 38 21,5 19 14,7 1,875 47,63 140 71 80 66,5 84 38 21,5 19 14,7
43 133 67 76 61,5 80 38 21,5 19 14,7 2,000 50,80 150 77 86 71,5 92 38 21,5 19 17,5
45 140 68 77,5 63,5 81 38 21,5 19 14,7 2,125 53,98 150 79 88 73,5 92 38 21,5 19 17,5
48 140 71 80 66,5 84 38 21,5 19 14,7 2,250 57,15 155 82 91 76,5 95 38 21,5 19 17,5
50 140 74 83 68,5 87 38 21,5 19 14,7
2,375 60,33 160 87 96 78,5 100 38 21,5 19 17,5
53 150 77 86 71,5 90 38 21,5 19 17,5
2,500 63,50 165 90 99 81,5 103 38 21,5 19 17,5
55 150 79 88 73,5 92 38 21,5 19 17,5
2,625 66,68 170 97 105 86,5 110 38 21,5 19 17,5
58 155 82 91 76,5 95 38 21,5 19 17,5
2,750 69,85 180 107 115,5 88,5 120 38 21,5 19 17,5
60 160 87 96 78,5 100 38 21,5 19 17,5
63 165 90 99 81,5 103 38 21,5 19 17,5
65 165 92 101 83,5 105 38 21,5 19 17,5
68 170 97 105 86,5 110 38 21,5 19 17,5
70 180 107 115,5 88,5 120 38 21,5 19 17,5

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

29
LSC90 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.

OPERATING LIMITS:
p= 25 kg/cm²

v= 20 m/s

t= -20÷ +140oC (*)


(*) The temperature resistance depends on the mate-
rial of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics
and those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
A compact single cartridge that is fixed to the shaft and
to the flange, with no additional elements. Designed to
prevent changes in pressure from opening the contact
surfaces.

COMPONENTS:
1p Rotating contact surface
2p Stationary contact surface
3 O-rings
4 Springs
6 Sleeve
7 Housing Stationary part
8 Locking fixture

30
DOUBLE CARTRID
DOUBLE CARTRIDGE
DOUBLE CARTRIDGE...

31
LDC21 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Multispring.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Barrier fluid connections.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 25 ÷ 120 mm p= 20 kg/cm²
v= 20 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the mate-
rial of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics
and those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
A double cartridge seal with a “back to back” arran-
gement which permits operation with barrier fluids in
excessive pressure conditions with respect to the wor-
king fluid (P1 + 1.5 ~ 2 kg/cm2).
For this reason it is advisable to install it in applications
with toxic, contaminant or potentially dangerous fluids
in where safety is an important factor.

COMPONENTS: CONNECTIONS (R):


1p Stationary contact surface product side 5 Set screws 3/8" NPT.
2p Rotating contact surface product side 6 Sleeve For 25, 28 and 30 mm shafts the connections are at
1a Rotating contact surface atmospheric side 7 Flange opposite sides of the flange.
2a Stationary contact surface atmospheric side 8 Setting clips
3 O-rings 9 Flat gasket
4 Springs 10 Drive ring

32
Double Cartridge

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft

mm d2 d3 d 4 d4 d6 I1 I3 I4
mín máx

25 79,5 116,1 44,5 50,8 67,2 58,0 10 16


28 80,5 119,1 47,6 54,0 68,2 58,0 10 16
30 85,9 122,4 50,8 57,2 73,5 58,0 10 16
35 89,4 125,5 54,0 60,3 77,1 58,0 10 16
38 94,2 128,8 57,2 63,5 81,9 58,0 10 16
40 95,8 131,8 60,3 66,7 83,4 58,0 10 16
45 98,8 135,1 63,5 69,9 82,5 58,0 10 16
48 101,9 138,2 66,7 73,0 85,5 58,0 10 16
50 107,2 141,5 69,9 76,2 90,8 58,0 10 16
53 115,1 144,5 73,0 79,4 98,5 58,0 10 16
55 115,1 144,5 73,0 79,4 98,5 58,0 10 16
58 117,6 147,8 76,2 82,6 101,3 58,0 10 16
60 121,2 150,9 82,6 85,7 104,8 58,0 10 16
63 124,5 154,2 85,7 88,9 -- 58,0 10 16
65 139,2 164,9 92,1 95,3 120,3 67,6 10 20
68 142,2 168,2 95,3 98,4 -- 67,6 10 20
70 146,1 171,5 98,4 101,6 127,1 67,6 10 20
75 148,6 174,5 101,6 104,8 129,6 67,6 10 20
80 151,9 177,6 104,8 108,0 132,9 67,6 10 20
85 158,2 183,9 111,1 114,3 139,2 67,6 10 20
90 161,3 187,2 114,3 117,5 142,3 67,6 10 20
95 167,6 193,6 120,7 123,8 148,6 67,6 10 20
100 174,0 199,9 127,0 130,2 155,0 67,6 10 20
105 177,3 203,0 130,2 133,4 -- 67,6 10 20
110 181,4 209,3 136,5 139,7 -- 67,6 10 20
Medidas
115 sujetas a184,7
variaciones o212,6
modificaciones.
139,7 142,9 -- 67,6 10 20
120 193,0 219,0 146,1 149,2 -- 67,6 10 20

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

Dimensions in inches
Shaft

(") mm d2 d3 d 4 d4 I1 I3 I4
mín máx

1,000 25,4 79,5 116,1 44,5 50,8 49,3 11,4 15,9


1,125 28,6 80,5 119,1 47,6 54,0 49,3 11,4 15,9
1,250 31,8 85,9 122,4 50,8 57,2 49,3 11,4 15,9
1,375 34,9 89,4 125,5 54,0 60,3 62,0 11,4 15,9
1,500 38,1 94,2 128,8 57,2 63,5 62,0 11,4 15,9
1,625 41,3 95,8 131,8 60,3 66,7 62,0 11,4 15,9
1,750 44,5 98,8 135,1 63,5 69,9 62,0 11,4 15,9
1,875 47,6 101,9 138,2 66,7 73,0 62,0 11,4 15,9
2,000 50,8 107,2 141,5 69,9 76,2 62,0 11,4 15,9
2,125 54,0 115,1 144,5 73,0 79,4 62,0 11,4 15,9
2,250 57,2 117,6 147,8 76,2 82,6 62,0 11,4 15,9
2,375 60,3 121,2 150,9 82,6 85,7 62,0 11,4 15,9
2,500 63,5 124,5 154,2 85,7 88,9 62,0 11,4 15,9
2,625 66,7 142,2 164,8 92,1 95,3 67,6 11,4 19,1
2,750 69,9 145,5 168,1 95,3 98,4 67,6 11,4 19,1
2,875 73,0 148,6 171,2 98,4 101,6 67,6 11,4 19,1
3,000 76,2 151,9 174,5 101,6 104,8 67,6 11,4 19,1
3,125 79,4 154,9 177,5 104,8 108,0 67,6 11,4 19,1
3,250 82,6 158,2 180,8 108,0 111,1 67,6 11,4 19,1
3,375 85,7 161,3 183,9 111,1 114,3 67,6 11,4 19,1
3,500 88,9 164,6 187,2 114,3 117,5 67,6 11,4 19,1
3,625 92,1 167,6 190,2 117,5 120,7 67,6 11,4 19,1
3,750 95,3 170,9 193,5 120,7 123,8 67,6 11,4 19,1
3,875 98,4 174,0 196,6 123,8 127,0 67,6 11,4 19,1
4,000 101,6 177,3 199,9 127,0 130,2 67,6 11,4 19,1
4,125 104,8 180,3 202,9 130,2 133,4 67,6 11,4 19,1
4,250 108,0 181,4 206,2 133,4 136,5 67,6 11,4 19,1
4,375 111,1 184,7 209,3 136,5 139,7 67,6 11,4 19,1
4,500 114,3 187,7 212,6 139,7 142,9 67,6 11,4 19,1
4,625 117,5 191,0 215,6 142,9 146,1 67,6 11,4 19,1
4,750 120,7 196,1 218,9 146,1 149,2 67,6 11,4 19,1

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

33
LDC38 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Welded metal bellows.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Barrier fluid connections.

OPERATING LÍMITS:
d1= 25 ÷ 85 mm p= 20 kg/cm²
v= 20 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the mate-
rial of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics
and those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Double cartridge seal with a “tandem” arrangement
suitable for working with pressurised or non-pressu-
rised barrier fluids.
The metal bellows design has a self-cleaning effect
that prevents particles from building up inside it.
This model is recommended in extremely demanding
applications: with high-viscosity fluids, sticky fluids,
particle-laden fluids, fluids with few lubricating and/
or pollutant properties and in high temperature appli-
cations.
Highly reliable cartridge.

CONNECTIONS (R):
From 25 mm to 65 mm: 1/4” NPT.
From 70 mm to 85 mm: 3/8” NPT.

34
Double Cartridge

COMPONENTS:
1p Rotating contact surface product side
2p Stationary contact surface product side
1a Rotating contact surface atmospheric side
2a Stationary contact surface atmospheric side
3 O-rings
4 Metal bellows
5 Set screws
6 Sleeve
7 Flange
8 Setting clips
9 Flat gasket
10 Drive ring

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm Dimensions in inches
Shaft Shaft

mm d3 d4 d4 d6 I1 I3 I4 (") mm d3 d 4
d4 d6 I1 I
3 I4
min max. mm min max. mm mm mm mm

25 105 44,5 47,8 64 52,3 51,6 12,7 1,000 25,40 104,9 44,5 47,8 64,0 52,3 51,6 12,7
28 108 44,5 47,8 64 52,3 51,6 12,7 1,130 28,58 108,0 44,5 47,8 64,0 52,3 51,6 12,7
32 108 50,8 54,1 67 54,1 52,3 12,7 1,250 31,75 108,0 50,8 54,1 67,0 54,1 52,3 12,7
35 108 50,8 55,6 73 51,6 52,3 12,7 1,380 34,93 108,0 50,8 55,6 73,0 51,6 52,3 12,7
38 114,3 57,2 60,5 79,3 54,1 57,2 14,3 1,500 38,10 114,3 57,2 60,5 79,3 54,1 57,2 14,3
45 139,7 63,5 65 82,6 54,1 59,4 14,3 1,630 41,28 127,0 60,5 63,5 80,9 54,1 56,1 14,3
48 139,7 66,8 68,3 85,7 54,1 59,4 14,3 1,750 44,45 139,7 63,5 65,0 82,6 54,1 59,4 14,3
50 139,7 69,9 74,7 92,3 54,1 59,4 14,3 1,880 47,63 139,7 66,8 68,3 95,7 54,1 59,4 14,3
55 152,4 76,2 81 98,4 54,1 61 18 2,000 50,80 139,7 69,9 74,7 92,3 54,1 59,4 14,3
58 158,8 79,5 81 98,4 54,1 61 18 2,130 53,98 152,4 76,2 81,0 98,4 54,1 61,0 18,0
60 158,8 82,6 87,4 101,7 57,2 58,7 18 2,250 57,15 158,8 79,5 81,0 98,4 54,1 61,0 18,0
63 165,1 85,9 87,4 106 55,6 61 18 2,380 60,33 158,8 82,6 87,4 101,7 57,2 58,7 18,0
65 165 89 92 106 57,2 58 18 2,500 63,50 165,1 85,9 87,4 106,0 55,6 61,2 18,0
85 203 113 116 135 64 61 22

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

35
LDC39-D SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Multispring.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Barrier fluid, purge and drain connections.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 25 ÷ 140 mm p= 20 kg/cm²

v= 25 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)


(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material
of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics and
those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Double cartridge seal with a “tandem” arrangement
suitable for working with pressurised or non-pressu-
rised barrier fluids. Recommended in applications in
which a high level of safety is required.
Possibility of incorporating a pumping ring to reduce
the temperature gradient between the mechanical seal
contact surfaces.

CONNECTIONS (R):
From 25 mm to 60 mm: 1/4” NPT.
From 63 mm to 110 mm: 3/8” NPT.

36
Double Cartridge

COMPONENTS:
1p Rotating contact surface product side
2p Stationary contact surface product side
1a Rotating contact surface atmospheric side
2a Stationary contact surface atmospheric side
3 O-rings
4 Springs
5 Set screws
6 Sleeve
7 Flange
8 Setting clips
9 Flat gasket
10 Drive ring

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft

mm d2 d3 d 4 d
4 d5 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5
min max

25 71.2 101.6 41.3 48.0 39.7 49.6 34.4 44.5 13.3 13.5
28 74.5 104.8 44.5 51.2 42.9 52.4 36.7 45.4 13.3 13.5
30 79.9 108.0 46.1 56.5 44.5 52.4 36.7 45.4 13.3 13.5
32 81.6 108.0 47.6 58.3 46.0 52.4 36.7 45.4 13.3 13.5
33 84.8 111.1 50.8 61.5 49.3 52.4 36.7 45.4 13.3 13.5
35 84.8 111.1 50.8 61.5 49.3 52.4 36.7 45.4 13.3 13.5
38 91.4 123.8 57.2 68.1 55.5 54.0 37.8 47.5 13.3 15.1
40 95.7 127.0 60.3 71.4 58.7 54.0 37.8 47.5 14.3 15.1
43 98.4 133.4 63.0 74.1 61.1 54.0 37.8 47.5 14.3 15.1
45 98.4 133.4 63.0 74.1 61.1 54.0 37.8 47.5 14.3 15.1
48 98.4 133.4 66.7 74.1 64.7 54.0 37.8 47.5 14.3 15.1
50 101.6 139.7 70.0 76.6 67.9 58.7 40.7 51.9 14.3 27.0
53 113.5 148.8 73.0 85.3 71.1 58.7 40.7 51.9 17.4 15.1
55 113.5 148.8 75.0 85.3 72.9 58.7 40.7 51.9 17.4 15.1
58 116.0 165.1 76.2 88.5 74.2 58.7 40.7 51.9 17.4 15.1
60 119.9 165.1 79.4 91.7 77.4 62.6 43.6 52.8 17.4 15.9
63 127.0 171.5 85.7 98.8 83.8 65.1 43.6 50.3 17.4 15.9
65 127.0 171.5 85.7 98.8 83.8 65.1 43.6 50.3 17.4 15.9
68 131.3 171.5 92.1 103.2 90.2 63.5 41.3 53.2 17.4 15.9
70 131.3 171.5 92.1 103.2 90.2 63.5 41.3 53.2 17.4 15.9
75 145.3 196.9 101.6 113.5 98.1 65.1 45.4 51.6 20.6 17.4
80 148.5 188.9 105.0 116.8 102.2 63.8 40.5 55.3 20.6 40.5
85 154.8 206.4 111.1 123.2 107.9 65.1 40.5 54.0 20.6 40.5
90 158.6 212.7 117.5 129.5 114.3 65.1 40.5 54.0 17.5 40.5
95 172.0 222.3 120.0 132.1 117.5 65.1 40.5 54.0 17.5 40.5
100 171.7 228.6 127.0 139.7 123.8 65.1 40.5 54.0 20.6 40.5
105 174.9 228.6 130.2 142.9 127.0 65.1 40.5 54.0 20.6 40.5
110 184.4 241.3 139.7 152.4 136.5 65.1 40.5 54.0 20.6 40.5
115 184.4 241.3 146.1 152.4 136.5 65.1 40.5 54.0 20.6 40.5
120 192.4 263.5 146.1 160.4 142.9 65.1 40.5 54.0 20.6 40.5
125 254.0 304.8 171.7 184.4 155.6 77.3 44.4 62.8 20.6 44.4
130 260.4 311.2 178.1 190.8 161.9 77.3 44.4 62.8 20.6 44.4
135 266.7 322.3 190.5 203.2 168.3 77.3 44.4 62.8 20.8 44.4
140 266.7 322.3 190.5 203.2 168.3 77.3 44.4 62.8 20.8 44.4
Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

37
LDC40 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Multispring.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Barrier fluid connections.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 25 ÷ 100 mm p= 25 kg/cm²

v= 16 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)


(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material
of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics
and those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
A double cartridge with a "face to face" arrangement
which permits operation with barrier fluid in excessive
pressure with respect to the working fluid (P1+1.5-2
Kgr/cm2)

The sleeve includes a pumping ring that facilite the


barrier fluid movement. The connections of Liquid
barreir IN and OUT have to be connected according
the rotation direction.

CONNECTIONS (R):
From 25 mm to 35 mm: 1/4” NPT.
From 38 mm to 100 mm: 3/8” NPT.

38
Double Cartridge

COMPONENTS:
1p Rotating contact surface product side
2p Stationary contact surface product side
1a Rotating contact surface atmospheric side
2a Stationary contact surface atmospheric side
3 O-rings
4 Springs
5 Set screws
6 Sleeve
7 Flange
8 Setting clips
9 Flat gasket
10 Drive ring

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm Dimensions in inches
Shaft Shaft

mm d3 d 4 d 4 d5 d6 I1 I2 I3 I4 (") mm d3 d4 d 4 d5 d6 I1 I2 I3 I4
mín. máx. mín máx

25 105 44 51,5 43 62 53,4 25,4 33,1 13,2 1,000 25,4 105,0 44,0 51,0 43,0 62,0 53,4 25,4 33,1 13,2
28 105 47 52 46 61 53,4 25,4 33,1 13,2 1,125 28,6 105,0 47,6 52,1 46,0 61,0 53,4 25,4 33,1 13,2
30 105 49 56 48 67 53,4 25,4 33,1 13,2 1,250 31,8 110,0 51,0 57,0 49,8 70,1 53,4 25,4 33,1 13,2
32 108 51 57 49,8 70 53,4 25,4 33,1 13,2 1,375 34,9 113,0 56,3 61,5 53,0 72,1 53,4 25,4 33,1 13,2
33 108 51 57 49,8 70 53,4 25,4 33,1 13,2 1,500 38,1 123,0 57,0 66,0 56,0 74,9 53,4 25,4 33,1 13,2
35 113 54 61,5 53 72 53,4 25,4 33,1 13,2 1,625 41,3 123,0 60,3 68,6 59,5 78,5 53,4 25,4 33,1 14,2
38 123 57 66 56 75 53,4 25,4 33,1 13,2 1,750 44,5 138,0 64,0 73,0 62,5 82,0 53,4 25,4 33,1 14,2
40 123 59 68 58 77 53,4 25,4 33,1 14,2 1,875 47,6 138,0 67,0 75,0 65,6 85,1 53,4 25,4 33,1 14,2
42 133 62 69,5 61 80 53,4 25,4 33,1 14,2 2,000 50,8 148,0 69,0 78,0 68,0 87,1 53,4 25,4 33,1 14,2
43 133 62 70,5 61 80 53,4 25,4 33,1 14,2 2,125 53,98 148,0 73,0 87,0 72,0 97,0 53,4 25,4 33,1 18,0
45 138 64 73 61 82 53,4 25,4 33,1 14,2 2,250 57,2 157,0 76,2 90,4 75,2 100,1 53,4 25,4 33,1 18,0
48 138 67 75 65,6 85 53,4 25,4 33,1 14,2 2,375 60,3 157,0 79,4 91,0 78,0 102,1 53,4 25,4 33,1 18,0
50 148 69 78 68 87 53,4 25,4 33,1 14,2 2,500 63,5 163,0 83,8 96,5 81,6 106,2 53,4 25,4 33,1 18,0
53 148 73 87 72 97 53,4 25,4 33,1 18 2,625 66,7 163,0 85,7 100,0 84,8 109,3 53,4 25,4 33,1 18,0
55 148 74 83 73 92 53,4 25,4 33,1 18 2,750 69,9 178,0 95,0 108,0 93,0 118,4 53,4 25,4 33,1 18,0
60 157 79 91 78 102 53,4 25,4 33,1 18 2,875 73,0 190,0 101,6 118,0 100,0 129,0 108,0 25,4 44,1 18,0
65 163 85,7 98,5 84,8 109 53,4 25,4 33,1 18 3,000 76,2 190,0 101,6 118,0 100,0 129,0 108,0 28,0 44,1 18,0
70 178 95 108 93 118 53,4 25,4 33,1 18 3,125 79,4 195,0 108,0 124,0 106,4 135,0 108,0 28,0 44,1 18,0
75 190 101,6 118 100 129 63,9 28 44,1 18 3,250 82,6 195,0 108,0 124,0 106,4 135,0 108,0 28,0 44,1 18,0
80 195 108 124 106,4 135 63,9 28 44,1 18 3,375 85,7 198,0 111,1 128,0 109,5 139,0 108,0 28,0 44,1 22,0
85 198 111,1 128 109,5 139 63,9 28 44,1 22 3,500 88,9 198,0 114,3 140,1 112,7 142,0 108,0 28,0 44,1 22,0
90 205 117,5 135 115,9 145 63,9 28 44,1 22 3,625 92,1 205,0 117,5 135,0 115,9 145,0 108,0 28,0 44,1 22,0
95 208 120,7 138 119,1 148 63,9 28 44,1 22 3,750 95,3 208,0 120,7 138,0 119,1 148,0 108,0 28,0 44,1 22,0
100 218 127 144 125,4 154 63,9 28 44,1 22 4,000 101,6 218,0 127,0 144,0 125,4 154,0 108,0 28,0 44,1 22,0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

39
LDC40-ANSI SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Multispring.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Barrier fluid connections.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 25,4 ÷ 95,3 mm p= 25 kg/cm²

v= 16 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)

(*) The temperature resistance depends on the mate-


rial of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics
and those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
A double cartridge with a "face to face" arrangement
which permits operation with barrier fluid in excessive
pressure with respect to the working fluid (P1+1.5-2
Kgr/cm2)

The sleeve, include a pumping ring that facilite the


barrier fluid movement. The connections of Liquid
barreir IN and OUT have to be connected according
the rotation direction.

Recomended for flange pumps ANSI BIG BORE


ANSI STANDARD BORE

CONNECTIONS (R):
From 25,4 mm to 34,9 mm: 1/4” NPT.
From 38,1 mm to 95,3 mm: 3/8” NPT.

40
Double Cartridge

COMPONENTS:
1p Rotating contact surface product side
2p Stationary contact surface product side
1a Rotating contact surface atmospheric side
2a Stationary contact surface atmospheric side
3 O-rings
4 Springs
5 Set screws
6 Sleeve
7 Flange
8 Setting clips
9 Flat gasket
10 Drive ring

DIMENSIONS CHART ANSI STANDARD BORE DIMENSIONS CHART ANSI BIG BORE
LDC40-AS Dimmensions in inches LDC40-AB Dimmensions in inches
Shaft Shaft

(") mm d3 d4 d4 d5 d6 I1 I2 I3 I4 (") mm d3 d 4 d4 d5 d6 I1 I2 I3 I4
min. max. min. max.

1,000 25,4 100 44 56 43 62 53,4 25,4 33,1 11 1,000 25,4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --


1,125 28,6 105,0 44,5 56 43,5 62 82 25,4 34,1 11,1 1,125 28,6 114,3 44,5 71 43,5 84,1 47,9 25,4 34,1 11,1
1,250 31,8 108,0 51 61 50 70 53,4 25,4 33,1 11 1,250 31,8 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
1,375 34,9 107,0 50,8 61 49,8 70 52,9 25,4 33,1 11,1 1,375 34,9 130 50,8 81 49,8 90 52,9 25,4 33,6 11,1
1,500 38,1 114,0 57 69 55,9 75 53,4 25,4 33,1 14 1,500 38,1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
1,625 41,3 125,0 61,5 71 59,4 78,5 53,4 25,4 33,1 14 1,625 41,3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
1,750 44,5 130,0 63,5 75 62,5 82 53,4 25,4 33,1 14,2 1,750 44,5 165 63,5 103 62,5 116 52,9 25,4 33,6 14,2
1,875 47,6 130,0 67,6 78 65,6 84 53,4 25,4 33,1 14 1,875 47,6 152 67,6 100 65,6 112 52,9 25,4 33,6 14
2,000 50,8 139,0 70 81 68 87 53,4 25,4 33,1 16 2,000 50,8 159 70 116 68 124 53,4 32 33,1 14
2,125 54,0 140,0 74 91 72 97 53,4 25,4 33,1 16,5 2,125 54,0 175 74 115 72 134 53,4 25,4 33,1 18
2,250 57,2 149,0 77,2 91 75,2 98 53,4 25,4 33,1 16,5 2,250 57,2 163 78,6 112 75,2 119 53,4 32,4 33,1 18
2,375 60,3 157,0 79,4 91,2 78 25,4 53,4 25,4 25,4 18 2,500 63,5 198 83,8 134 81,6 140 53,4 31,8 33,1 18
2,500 63,5 170,0 83,6 100 81,6 115 53,4 28,5 33,1 18 2,625 66,7 175 80,5 130 84,8 136 53,4 31,8 33,1 18
2,625 66,7 162,0 86,8 102 84,8 115 53,4 31,8 33,1 16 2,750 69,9 190 95 133 93 140 53,4 32,4 33,1 16
2,750 69,9 189,0 95 111 93 118 53,4 32 33,1 18 3,000 76,2 209 102 140 100 150 63,9 32,4 33,1 16
3,000 76,2 199,0 102 120 100 127 63,9 32 44,1 18 3,250 82,6 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3,250 82,6 198,9 108,4 125 106,4 135 63,9 32 44,1 18
3,750 95,3 208 120,7 138 119,1 25,4 25,4 25,4 25,4 22

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

41
LDC90 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Barrier fluid connections.

OPERATION LIMITS:
p= 25 kg/cm²

v= 16 m/s

t= -15÷ +200oC (*)


(*) The temperature resistance depends on the ma-
terial of the secondary seals used.
COMPONENTS:
The operating limits are defined by the PV factor
1a Stationary contact surface atmospheric side which is determined for the sealing system charac-
1p Rotating contact surface product side teristics and those of the application.
2a Rotating contact surface atmospheric side
2p Stationary contact surface product side
3 O-rings
4 Springs
5
6
Sleeve
Sleeve
DESCRIPTION:
7 Housing Stationary part Double cartridge in which the contact surfaces are lu-
8 Locking fixture bricated by an external, non-pressurised fluid (quench)
or a pressurised fluid (barrier fluid). For clean or slightly
contaminated and sticky fluids with fibres or large solid
particles.

42
AGITATORS AND RE
AGITATORS AND REAC
AGITATORS AND REACTORS...

43
LMS26 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Multispring.

OPERATING LIMITS:
p= 50 kg/cm²

v= 50 m/s

t= -20 ÷ +140oC (*)

(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material


of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics and
those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Balanced mechanical seal with protected springs to pre-
vent them from blocking when in contact with sticky or
viscous fluids.

44
Agitators and Reactors

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft COMPONENTS:
mm d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5
1 Rotating contact surface
40 65 64 52 53.5 59 48.5 30 39 9.5 5 2 Stationary contact surface
50 75 77 61 63.5 72 54.5 33 42.2 12.3 5 3a O-ring
53 80 80 64 66.5 75 55 33.5 42.7 12.3 5 4 Spring
55 85 85 68 71.5 80 60 36.5 47.2 12.8 5 5 Metal frame
60 90 90 74 76.5 85 61.5 38 48.7 12.8 5 6 Ring
65 95 95 78 81.5 90 62 38 49.2 12.8 5
7 Metal frame
80 115 119 98 102 110.5 63.5 38 50 13.5 5
8 Setting clips
Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

45
LMS27 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• System attached to the shaft by allen screws
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• External mounting.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 25 ÷ 160 mm p= vacuum to 6 kg/cm²
v= 2 m/s t= -20÷ +150oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the mate-
A rial of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics
and those of the application.

A Type A: Cooling flange. It can


C also be used as a heating
flange (Tmax= + 350 °C)

C Leakage drain. It can also be


used alternatively as a flush.

D
D Polymerisation barrier. It can
also be used alternatively as a
leakage drain or a flush.

DESCRIPTION:
Multispring mechanical seal for vertical agitators with
moderate speeds. The stationary part can use lubri-
cations systems: flush connection or/and refrigeration
flange.

46
Agitators and Reactors

COMPONENTS:
1 Rotating contact surface
2 Stationary contact surface
3 O-ring
4 Muelles
5 Metal frame
6 Drive ring
7 Flange

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm and inches
Shaft Rotatory part Stationary part

(“) mm I1 I3 d5 d2 d3 d4 dmín6 d6
máx I4
1,000 25 40,5 41,5 68 34 148 - 100 132 11
1,125 28 40,5 41,5 68 34 148 55 100 132 11
- 30 40,5 41,5 68 34 148 55 100 132 11
1,250 32 40,5 41,5 73 39 153 60 105 137 11
1,375 35 40,5 41,5 73 39 153 60 105 137 11
1,500 38 40,5 41,5 78 44 158 65 110 142 11
- 40 40,5 41,5 78 44 158 65 110 142 11
1,625 45 40,5 41,5 83 49 163 68 115 152 11
1,750 - 40,5 41,5 83 49 163 68 115 152 11
1,875 48 40,5 41,5 88 54 178 73 125 160 14
1,125 50 40,5 41,5 88 54 178 75 125 160 14
2,000 55 40,5 41,5 93 59 183 78 130 165 14
2,125 - 40,5 41,5 93 59 183 78 130 165 14
2,250 60 40,5 41,5 98 64 188 85 135 170 14
2,375 65 40,5 44,5 103 69 193 90 140 175 14
2,500 - 40,5 44,5 103 69 193 90 140 175 14
6,625 70 43,5 44,5 108 74 198 95 145 180 14
2,750 - 43,5 44,5 108 74 198 95 145 180 14
2.875 75 43,5 44,5 113 79 203 100 150 185 14

3,000 80 43,5 44,5 118 84 208 105 155 190 14


3,250 85 43,5 44,5 123 89 213 110 160 195 14
3,500 90 43,5 44,5 128 94 218 115 165 200 14
3,750 95 43,5 44,5 133 99 223 120 170 205 14
- 100 43,5 44,5 138 104 228 125 175 210 14
4,000 105 43,5 44,5 143 109 233 130 180 215 14
4,250 110 43,5 44,5 148 114 238 135 185 220 14
4,500 115 43,5 44,5 153 119 267 140 196 243 18
4,750 125 43,5 44,5 163 129 277 150 206 253 18
5,000 140 43,5 44,5 178 144 297 165 221 273 18
5,250 - 43,5 44,5 178 144 297 165 221 273 18
5,500 - 43,5 44,5 178 144 297 165 221 273 18
5,750 150 43,5 44,5 188 154 307 175 231 283 18
6,000 160 43,5 44,5 198 164 317 185 241 283 18
6,250 - 43,5 44,5 198 164 317 185 241 293 18

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

47
LMS28 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• System attached to the shaft by allen screws
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• External mounting.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 25 ÷ 175 mm p= 15 kg/cm²
v= 2 m/s t= -20÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material
of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics
and those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
It can be used in vertical agitators with moderate
speeds without the need to apply auxiliary lubrication
systems. Adapted to DEBRIS cleaning systems.

48
Agitators and Reactors

COMPONENTS:
1 Rotating contact surface
2 Stationary contact surface
3 O-ring
3a O-ring
4 Spring
5 Metal frame
5a Drive ring

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm Dimensions in inches
Shaft Rotatory part Stationary part Shaft Rotatory part Stationary part

mm d3 d4 d5 I4 I5 I6 I7 (“) mm d3 d4 d5 I4 I5 I6 I7
25 63,5 47,6 57,9 20,6 12,7 11,9 69,0 1.00 25.40 63.50 47.63 57.94 20.62 12.70 11.89 69.04
28 66,6 50,8 61,1 20,6 12,7 11,9 69,0 1.13 28.58 66.68 50.80 61.11 20.62 12.70 11.89 69.04
30 69,8 53,9 67,5 22,2 12,7 11,9 69,0 1.25 31.75 69.85 53.98 67.46 20.62 12.70 11.89 69.85
32 69,8 53,9 67,5 22,2 12,7 11,9 69,0 1.38 34.93 73.03 57.15 70.64 20.62 12.70 11.89 69.85
33 73,0 57,1 70,6 22,2 12,7 11,9 69,0 1.50 38.10 76.20 63.50 76.99 20.62 12.70 11.89 69.85
35 73,0 57,1 70,6 22,2 12,7 11,9 69,0 1.63 41.28 79.38 66.68 80.16 20.62 12.70 11.89 69.85
38 76,2 63,5 77,0 22,2 12,7 11,9 69,0 1.75 44.45 82.55 69.85 83.34 20.62 12.70 11.89 73.03
40 79,3 66,6 80,2 22,2 12,7 11,9 69,0 1.88 47.63 85.73 73.03 89.69 25.40 15.88 11.89 73.03
43 82,5 69,8 83,3 22,2 12,7 11,9 69,0 2.00 50.80 88.90 79.38 98.32 25.40 15.88 11.89 73.03
45 85,7 73,0 89,7 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 2.13 53.98 92.08 79.38 99.21 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
50 88,9 79,3 96,0 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 2.25 57.15 95.25 85.73 102.39 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
53 92,0 79,3 99,2 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 2.38 60.33 98.43 88.90 105.56 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
55 95,2 85,7 102,4 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 2.50 63.50 101.60 92.08 108.74 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
58 98,4 88,9 105,6 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 2.63 66.68 104.78 95.25 111.91 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
60 98,4 88,9 105,6 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 2.75 69.85 107.95 98.43 115.09 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
63 101,6 92,0 108,7 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 2.88 73.03 111.13 101.60 118.26 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
65 104,7 95,2 111,9 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 3.00 76.20 114.30 104.78 119.84 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
68 107,9 98,4 115,1 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 3.13 79.38 117.48 107.95 124.61 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
70 107,9 98,4 115,1 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 3.25 82.55 120.65 111.13 127.79 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
75 114,3 103,3 119,8 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 3.38 85.73 123.83 114.30 130.96 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
80 120,6 111,1 127,8 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 3.50 88.90 127.00 117.48 134.14 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
85 123,9 114,3 131,1 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 3.63 92.08 130.18 120.65 137.31 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
90 130,2 120,7 137,3 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 3.75 95.25 133.35 123.83 140.49 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
95 133,3 123,8 140,5 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 3.88 98.43 136.53 127.00 143.66 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
100 139,7 133,3 150,0 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 4.00 101.60 139.70 130.18 150.01 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
105 142,9 136,5 153,2 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 4.13 104.78 142.88 133.35 153.19 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
110 149,2 142,8 159,5 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 4.25 107.95 146.05 136.53 156.36 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
115 155,5 149,2 165,9 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 4.38 111.13 149.23 139.70 159.54 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
4.50 114.30 152.40 142.88 162.71 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

49
LSC80 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Multispring.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 40 ÷ 220 mm p= 16 kg/cm²

v= 5 m/s t= -40÷ +300oC (*)

(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material


of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics
and those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Single cartridge for a wide range of applications. It
can be used with non-pressurised fluids (quench) or
pressurised fluids (LST reservoir). This type of mount
prevents leakage to the exterior.
Available with floating bearing. Dimensions in accor-
dance with the DIN 28154 standard.

FLANGE COMPONENTS
A: Barrier fluid quench IN
B: Barrier fluid quench OUT
C: Drainage
D: Leakage drain G 1/8”
E : Cooling IN G 3/8”
F: Cooling OUT G 3/8”
G: Grease
T: Temperature metering

50
Agitators and Reactors

COMPONENTS:
1 Rotating contact surface
2 Stationary contact surface
3 O- ring
5 Flange
6 Sleeve
7 Drive rings
8 Bearings

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft

d1 mm d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 nxd7 I1 I2 I3 M1 M2 A,B

40 38 175 90 110 145 4 x 18 15 136 28 M12 M16 G3/8


50 48 240 135 176 210 8 x 18 17 149 28 M12 M16 G3/8
60 58 240 135 176 210 8 x 18 17 156 28 M12 M16 G3/8
80 78 275 155 204 240 8 x 22 20 189 34 M16 M20 G1/2
100 98 305 190 234 270 8 x 22 20 190 34 M16 M20 G1/2
125 120 330 215 260 295 8 x 22 20 205 40 M20 M20 G1/2
140 135 395 250 313 350 12 x 22 20 222 40 M20 M20 G1/2
160 150 395 265 313 350 12 x 22 25 219,5 40 M20 M20 G1/2
180 170 445 310 364 400 12 x 22 25 230 45 M24 M20 G1/2
200 190 445 310 364 400 12 x 22 25 237,5 45 M24 M20 G1/2
220 210 505 340 422 460 16 x 22 25 249,5 50 M24 M20 G1/2

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

51
LDC80 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Multispring.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Barrier fluid connections.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 40 ÷ 220 mm p= 16 kg/cm²

v= 5 m/s t= -40÷ +300oC (*)


(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material
of the secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which


is determined for the sealing system characteristics and
those of the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Special double cartridge for reactors and agitators.

The internal structure "Back to Back" is continuously lu-


bricated by a liquid barrier, which must be pressurized
between 1.5 and 2 kg / cm2 above the working fluid.

Flange connection for steel vessels DIN 28141, shaft


end for steel vessels DIN 28154 and DIN 28136 glass-li-
ned vessels.

Floating bearing included.


All LDC80 models are for unstopped shafts based on
(DIN 28154). For stepless shafts, use the reference
LDC81.

FLANGE COMPONENTS
A: Barrier fluid quench IN
B: Barrier fluid quench OUT
C: Drainage
D: Leakage drain G 1/8”
E : Cooling IN G 3/8”
F: Cooling OUT G 3/8”
G: Grease
T: Temperature metering

52
Agitators and Reactors

COMPONENTS:
1p Rotating contact surface product side
2p Stationary contact surface product side
1a Rotating contact surface atmospheric side
2a Stationary contact surface atmospheric side
3 O- ring
5 Flange
6 Sleeve
7 Drive rings
8 Bearings

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm

Shaft

d1 mm d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 nxd7 I1 I2 I3 M1 M2 A,B

40 38 175 90 110 145 4 x 18 15 136 28 M12 M16 G3/8


50 48 240 135 176 210 8 x 18 17 149 28 M12 M16 G3/8
60 58 240 135 176 210 8 x 18 17 156 28 M12 M16 G3/8
80 78 275 155 204 240 8 x 22 20 189 34 M16 M20 G1/2
100 98 305 190 234 270 8 x 22 20 190 34 M16 M20 G1/2
125 120 330 215 260 295 8 x 22 20 205 40 M20 M20 G1/2
140 135 395 250 313 350 12 x 22 20 222 40 M20 M20 G1/2
160 150 395 265 313 350 12 x 22 25 219,5 40 M20 M20 G1/2
180 170 445 310 364 400 12 x 22 25 230 45 M24 M20 G1/2
200 190 445 310 364 400 12 x 22 25 237,5 45 M24 M20 G1/2
220 210 505 340 422 460 16 x 22 25 249,5 50 M24 M20 G1/2

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

53
LDC80 FLANGE accessories SECTORS:

FLANGE COMPONENTS

A: Barrier fluid quench IN


B: Barrier fluid quench OUT
C: Drainage
D: Leakage drain G 1/8”
E : Cooling IN G 3/8”
F: Cooling OUT G 3/8”
G: Grease
T: Temperature metering

Clamping set (CS) Shrink disk (SD) Clamping ring with pin (CRP) Clamping ring (CR)

FLANGE OF COOLING OR HEATING:

A: Cooling flange. It can also B: Leakage drain. It can also C: Leakage drain. It can also D: Polymerisation barrier. It
be used as a heating flange be used as a flush or as a be used alternatively as a can also be used alternatively
(Tmax= +350 °C) heating flange. flush. as a leakage drain or a flush.

54
AUXILIARY PRODUC
AUXILIARY PRODUCT
AUXILIARY PRODUCTS...

55
LCY SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Working pressure: 64 bar.
• Temperature: up to 125 ºC .
• Materials: Stainless steel

DESCRIPTION:
Working fluids often contain sand particles, incrusted re-
sidue from boilers and pipes etc. which can damage the
mechanical seal and reduce its durability. Situations of
this type can be avoided by installing a cyclone.
CLEAN FLUID
This type of element is installed outside the pump, be-
tween the discharge zone and the mechanical seal
chamber. A current or vortex of pressurised fluid is gene-
rated inside it and the effect of the centrifugal force se-
parates the particles suspended in the fluid. The particles
that are heavier than the fluid are thrown towards the
SEALED CHAMBER
walls and dragged to the lower part of the LC, while the
clean fluid emerges from the top and is returned to the
PUMP chamber where the mechanical seal is located.
DISCHARGE
ZONE
API31 and API41 configuration.

These elements require no maintenance and do not be-


PARTICLES come blocked over time.

LHP SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Temperature: -30ºC to +110 ºC.
• Working pressure: 30 bar.
• Volume (L) : 2 l.
• Flow rate : 15 ml / run-out
• Materials: Stainless steel / polyethylene.

DESCRIPTION:
LHP with a built-in tank for placing on the reservoir. Ins-
talled directly in the LTS reservoir.

56
LST8 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Temperature: -60º C to +200º C.
• Working pressure: up to 16 bar.
• Volume: 8 l.
• Materials: AISI304.

DESCRIPTION:
LST8 for supplying barrier fluid with or without pressure
in double cartridge or mechanical seal.

It includes a cooling coil to regulate the temperature of


the barrier fluid.

Installations which enables the circulation of the barrier


fluid due to the thermosyphon effect or the pumping ring
(mechanical seal). API52, API53 and API53A configura-
tion.

It may be supplied with instruments for automatic level,


pressure and temperature control.

LST9 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Temperature: -60ºC to +200 ºC.
• Working pressure: up to 25 bar.
• Volume: 9L
• Materials: Stainless steel.

DESCRIPTION:
LST9 for supplying barrier fluid with or without pressure
in double cartridge or mechanical seal installations which
enables the circulation of the barrier fluid due to the ther-
mosyphon effect or the pumping ring (mechanical seal).
API52, API53 and API53A configuration.

It may be supplied with instruments for automatic level,


pressure and temperature control and verification and
a cooling coil to regulate the fluid barrier temperature.

57
LQT SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Temperature: -30ºC up to +200 ºC.
• Working pressure : no pressure
• Volume (L) : 3.2 l.
• Materials: Stainless steel / polyethylene.

DESCRIPTION:
LQT for supplying fluid in installing mechanical seals with
a quenching or tandem system. The fluid movement is the
result of the thermosyphon effect or the pumping ring (me-
chanical seal). API51 and API52 configuration (no pressu-
re).

Kitting
We supply spare parts for all our cartridges and can adapt to different combinations of materials for the contact surfaces
and O-rings, springs, gaskets etc. and can make faster and more flexible deliveries. All our operations are guaranteed by
static operating tests after manipulation.

Metal plugs
Faces for cartridges and seals with 1/8",1/4" NPT and 3/8"NPT. O-rings
detachable surfaces: High-performance materials
-Silicon carbide. -Aflas®, FFKM.
-Tungsten carbide. Certified materials
-Impregnated carbon. -FDA, CE 1935/2004, KTW.

Self-centering Flange gaskets


Setting clips. -Basic.
Drive screws and set -Special materials Frenzelit range.
Springs for cartridges screws -Elastomer materials.
and multispring seals: -PTFE.
-AISI 316 steel (G).
-Hastelloy® C.

58
Production center - Quality control
Production center
Lidering’s modern, adequate equipment enables it to execute
repair and transformation operations on mechanical seals and
cartridges.
The process commences by diagnosing the condition of the part,
and after this, we execute the necessary processes for cleaning,
polishing and lapping the contact surfaces, grinding parts and
replacing components, etc.

After carrying out these operations, the sealing of the repaired


parts is checked by pressure test, to ensure that the part is re-
ady for operation in any application that requires sealing of the
highest standard.

We also offer additional services such as a diagnostic report on the


sample received and a detailed analysis of the faults observed or laser
marking of parts to facilitate their identification and traceability.

Quality control, checking and testing


All the mechanical seals manufactured or repaired by Lidering are subject to the
strictest quality controls. We guarantee their operation in the most demanding
applications.

Furthermore, if the customer wishes, we can provide other services such as sealing
controls in static or dynamic conditions and at different pressures before delivering
the product. Working along this line we perform static sealing controls on all our
cartridges before delivering them to the customer.

59
Compatibility Chart

LIDERING BURGMANN CHESTERTON


SINGLE CARTRIDGE
LSC10 - -
LSC10B-FQ H75VN
LSC25 UNITEX -
LSC38-FQ MTEX-QNM/TNM 153
LSC40 CARTEX-SNO -
LSC40-F CARTEX-SN 150
LSC40-FAS CARTEX ANSI STANDARD BORE ASPN -
LSC40-FAB CARTEX ANSI BIG BORE ABPN -
LSC40-FABQ CARTEX-ABTN/ABQN -
LSC40-FASQ CARTEX-ASTN/ASQN -
LSC40-FQO CARTEX-QN/TN /QE -
LSC40-FQG CARTEX-QN/TN -
LSC40-FQOAB CARTEX-QN/TN ANSI BIG BORE -
LSC40-F QOAS CARTEX-QN/TN ANSI STANDARD BORE -
LSC40-FQGAB CARTEX-QN/TN ANSI BIG BORE -
LSC40-FQGAS CARTEX-QN/TN ANSI STANDARD BORE -
LSC50-F SPLITEX 442
LSC80 M481KL -
LSC85 - -
LSC90 - -
LSC211A-F UNITEX 155

DOUBLE CARTRIDGE
LDC21 CARTEX-DN 255
LDC38 - -
LDC39-D - -
LDC40 CARTEX-DN 255
LDC40-AB CARTEX DUAL ANSI BIG BORE -
LDC40-AS CARTEX DUAL ANSI STANDARD BORE -
LDC80 M451 M481KD -
LDC90 - -

MULTISPRING SEALS
LMS26 - -
LMS27 SECCOMIX -
LMS28 - -

ACCESSORIES
LST TS2000 -
LCY ZY -
LHP - -
LQT QTF

60
AESEAL FLOWSERVE CRANE ROTEN

- - - -

- - - -
- ISC1BX 5615 -
SMSS / CSSN - - -
SMSS / CSSN ISC1PX - 902
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
CURC/CRCO - 4610/5610 -
CURC/CRCO - 4610/5610 -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
RDS PSII 3710 -
- - - -
- - - -
- - SAFEMATIC JSC1 -
CONVERTOR ll - - 942

DMSF ISC2PP 4620 / 5620 922


ISC2BB 5625 -
- 5620 -
DMSF ISC2PP 4620 / 5620 922
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - SAFEMATIC SE2 -

- - - -
- VRA - -
- - 32 -

- - - -
- - - -
- - - -

61
API PLANS

SINGLE SEALING PLANS

SINGLE FLUIDS, Lubrication


Various parameters exist that determine the durability of a mechanical seal. Temperature, pressure, speed, fluid type
(sticky, laden with particles, etc.) which all have a decisive effect on wear and damage of the mechanical seal materials.

To reduce these effects and improve the seal durability, API plans can be used. Below are some of the ones applicable
to our products.

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

Fluid recirculation from the pump dis- To ensure the lubrication of the In general for clean fluids that do not
PLAN polymerise at moderate temperatures.
charge. This is applied as a flushing/ seal and reduce the temperature
01 Particle-laden fluids may block the
washing operation on the seal cham- in the seal chamber.
ber. flushing/washing connection.

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

Circulation of the fluid from the pump To ensure the lubrication In general for clean fluids that do not
PLAN polymerise at moderate temperatures.
discharge to the seal chamber, passing of the seal and control the
11
through a flow rate controller. temperature.

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

Circulation of the fluids from the dis- To ensure the lubrication Clean liquids which may contain par-
PLAN ticles. The filters may become blocked
charge to the seal chamber, passing of the seal and prevent the
12 and so it is best to use cyclones in the
through a filter/cyclone and through a mechanical seal from abrasion
flow rate controller. by particles. presence of solids.

62
PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

Circulation from the seal chamber to To guarantee the fluid Vertical pumps.
PLAN Clean fluids in vertical pumps.
the suction area, passing through a circulation.
13
flow rate controller.
To ventilate the seal cavity in
vertical pumps.

To reduce the seal cavity


pressure.

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

Circulation from the pump discharge To ventilate the seal cavity in vertical vertical pumps.
PLAN
zone to the seal chamber, passing pumps.
14
through a flow rate controller and from
the seal chamber to the suction area. -To control the temperature.

To provide the appropriate pressure in


the seal chamber, thereby preventing
fluid vaporisation.

DRAWING

PLAN 01
PLAN 11 PLAN 12

PLAN 13 PLAN 14

63
API PLANS

SINGLE SEALING PLANS

HOT FLUIDS, COOLING

Fluids at high temperatures tend to evaporate when they reach the seal contact surfaces, provoking a lack of lubrication
that causes damage to the seal. To reduce these effects the following API plans can be applied:

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

Closed chamber, with no external To reduce or increase the Horizontal pumps (not recommended in
PLAN vertical pumps).
fluid circulation. Cooling or heating seal chamber temperature,
02 For fluids that solidify when the tem-
chamber. There is no direct flow entry depending on the nature of the
or exit in the seal chamber. fluid. perature is reduced or to control high
fluids temperatures.

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

Circulation of pumped fluids from the To control the fluid Horizontal pumps.
PLAN Clean fluids at high temperatures.
discharge to the seal chamber, pass- temperature in the seal
21 Sticky products may block the connec-
ing through a flow rate controller and chamber. This prevents the
a heat exchanger. vaporisation of the fluid tions and pipes. In such cases, use Plan
between the seal faces. 23.

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

Circulation of pumped fluids from To control the seal chamber Horizontal pumps.
PLAN Clean fluids at high temperatures that
the discharge to the seal chamber, temperature and prevent the
22 may be laden with particles.
passing through a flow rate controller, mechanical seal from abrasion
a filter/cyclone and a heat exchanger. by particles.

64
PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

Circulation of pumped fluids from the To control the fluid temperature Horizontal or vertical pumps.
PLAN Clean fluids at high temperatures.
discharge to the seal flush connection, in the seal chamber. This
23 Hot water, boiler food products. Hot oils.
passing through a flow rate controller prevents the vaporisation of the
and a heat exchanger. fluid between the seal faces.

DRAWING

PLAN 02 PLAN 21

PLAN 14

PLAN 22 PLAN 23

65
API PLANS

SINGLE SEALING PLANS

ABRASIVE FLUIDS OR FLUIDS WITH SUSPENDED SOLIDS

Fluids laden with particles that accelerate wear in mechanical seal materials.
To reduce this effect the following API plans can be applied:

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

Circulation of the pumped fluid from To prevent the abrasion of the Horizontal or vertical pumps.
PLAN Fluids with suspended solids whose
the pump discharge to the seal cham- mechanical seal by particles.
31 specific gravity is twice that of the fluid.
ber, passing through a cyclone. Fluids
with solids are returned to the suction In vertical pumps, a shaft bushing must
area. be included at the base of the compart-
ment.

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

External injection of clean fluid to the To reduce the heat in the seal Horizontal or vertical pumps.
PLAN Dirty, contaminated fluids or fluids that
32 mechanical seal chamber. The fluid chamber. To eliminate deposits
must have a pressure 2 bar higher from the chamber. To increase could crystallise on the air side of the
than that of the seal chamber and be the margin between the seal seal when there is a leak.
compatible with the pumped product. chamber pressure and the Environments with little lubricating
fluid vapour pressure. properties.
To reduce the formation of
air bubbles between the seal
faces.

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

Circulation of the pumped fluid from the To control the seal chamber Horizontal or vertical pumps.
PLAN
pump discharge to the seal chamber, temperature and improve the
41 Fluids with suspended solids whose
passing through a cyclone and sending mechanical seal lubrication.
the clean fluid to a heat exchanger. specific gravity is twice that of the fluid.

There must be a difference in pres-


sure between the pump discharge and
suction area (at least 1 bar and no more
than 11 bar).

66
DRAWING

PLAN 31

PLAN 32

PLAN 41

67
API PLANS

SINGLE AND DOUBLE SEALING PLANS

DANGEROUS FLUIDS

Dangerous fluids are those which, because of their characteristics, may cause harm to elements
and/or people in the event of a leak.

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

Static column of non-pressurised To prevent potential leaks Horizontal or vertical pumps.


PLAN Fluids that crystallise when in contact
fluid inside a tank, through the from being emitted into the
51 with the atmosphere.
quench connection. atmosphere.
Dangerous fluids with low concentra-
tions.

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

Forced circulation of an external To prevent atmospheric Horizontal or vertical pumps.


PLAN Non-pressurised, double seal layout
non-pressurised fluid used as a contamination in the event
52 (tandem).Fluids that crystallise or
barrier fluid. of leaks, using the external
seal (atmospheric side) as a vaporise when in contact with the
This fluid is circulated through a safety seal. Zero or very low atmosphere.
pumping ring due to the thermo-si- emissions. Dangerous fluids with low concentra-
phon effect. tions, explosive or flammable fluids.

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

Injection of a pressurised barrier flu- To prevent atmospheric Horizontal or vertical pumps.


PLAN Pressurised double seal layout at a
id from an external source (pressure contamination in the event
54 high pressure. Fluids that crystallise
of 2 bar above the seal chamber). of leaks, using the external
seal (atmospheric side) as a or vaporise when in contact with the
safety seal. Zero or very low atmosphere.
emissions. Dangerous fluids with high concentra-
tions. Explosive or flammable fluids.

68
DRAWING

PLAN 51

PLAN 52

PLAN 54

69
API PLANS

DOUBLE SEALING PLANS

DANGEROUS FLUIDS

Dangerous fluids are those which, because of their characteristics, may cause harm to elements and/or people in the
event of a leak. API plans can be used to reduce such risks:

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

Forced circulation through a pumping To prevent atmospheric Horizontal or vertical pumps.


PLAN
ring of a barrier fluid in a pressurised contamination in the event Fluids that crystallise or vaporise when
53 A
tank with a pressure that is 2 bar of leaks, using the external in contact with the atmosphere.
higher than the product fluid. seal (atmospheric side) as a Dangerous fluids with high concentra-
safety seal. Zero or very low tions, explosive or flammable fluids.
emissions.

PLAN Forced circulation through a pump- To prevent atmospheric Horizontal or vertical pumps.
53 B ing ring of a barrier fluid in a closed contamination in the event of Double pressurised seal layout (back to
pressurised circuit. A storage tank leaks, using the external seal back or face to face). The barrier fluid
provides and maintains the pressure (atmospheric side) as a safety must be 2 bar above the product fluid.
in the circulation system. The heat is seal. Zero or very low emis- Fluids that crystallise or vaporise when
eliminated through a heat exchanger. sions, maintaining a constant in contact with the atmosphere.
pressure difference with Dangerous fluids with high concentra-
respect to the process. tions, explosive or flammable fluids.
Same as Plan 53A. It prevents
the entry of pressurised gas. It
provides additional cooling, by
air or water, depending on the
heat load.

Forced circulation through a pumping To prevent atmospheric Horizontal or vertical pumps. Installation
PLAN ring of a barrier fluid in a closed pres- contamination in the event of pressurised double seals (back to
53 C surised circuit. A piston storage tank of leaks, using the external back or face to face) with a variable
provides and adjusts the pressure in seal (atmospheric side) as a barrier pressure greater than 10 bar.
the circulation system, comparing it safety seal. Zero or very low Fluids that crystallise or vaporise when
with the seal cavity pressure. The heat emissions. in contact with the atmosphere.Danger-
is eliminated through a heat exchang- ous fluids with low concentrations.
er, cooled by air or water. Explosive or flammable fluids.
The same as with Plan 53A, but for
higher pressures, preventing reverse
pressures and providing additional seal
stability.

70
DRAWING

PLAN 53A

PLAN 53B

PLAN 53C

71
API PLANS

SINGLE SEALING PLANS

FLUIDS IN GENERAL

The following API plans are used in conjunction with other plans.

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS


To ensure that these Horizontal or vertical pumps.
PLAN Blocked vent and drainage connec-
connections are available in Single seal layout.
61 tions, for use as needed.
the event of need and also
to prevent particles passing
through to the seal chamber.

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

PLAN Injection of an external fluid to be To guarantee seal lubrica- Horizontal or vertical pumps.
62 used for quenching and flushing/ tion, reducing the formation Single seal layout.
washing. The quench lubricates the of particles between the Fluids that crystallise
seal contact surfaces on the air side, contact surfaces due to when in contact with the atmosphere
with vapour or water. The flushing/ carbonisation, oxidation or or generate solid
washing operation has a lubricating crystallisation. deposit that block or stick to the seal
function. faces.

PLAN DESCRIPTION OBJETIVE APLICATIONS

Leak collector plan for single seals, To have a safe system for Horizontal or vertical pumps.
PLAN used for the automatic detection of controlling and detecting Single seal layout.
65 leaks through a level switch leaks, while also having a Systems in which an excessive leak
that triggers an alarm when a leak drainage system for them in indication is required without the need
occurs. It has a bypass around the fluids that may condensate. for a physical inspection. Remote sites
opening to prevent the build-up of or sites that are difficult to access.
pressure. Systems in which it is necessary to
stop the equipment automatically in
the event of a massive leak.

72
DRAWING

PLAN 61

PLAN 62

PLAN 65

73
API PLANS

SUMARY
FLUIDS IN GENERAL
The following API plans are used in conjunction with other plans.

PUMPED FLUID ACTION REQUIRED API PLANS

CLEAN FLUIDS CIRCULACTION (LUBRICATION) PLAN 01 PLAN 13


PLAN 11 PLAN 14
PLAN 12

HOT FLUIDS COOLING PLAN 02 PLAN 22


PLAN 21 PLAN 23

ABRASIVE FLUIDS OR FLUIDS WITH LUBRICATION PLAN 31


SUSPENDED SOLIDS PLAN 32

ABRASIVE FLUIDS AT HIGH TEMPERA- COOLING AND LUBRICATION PLAN 41


TURES

DANGEROUS FLUIDS SAFETY


PLAN 51 PLAN 52
PLAN 53 PLAN 54

FLUIDS IN GENERAL EMISSIONS CONTROL PLAN 61


PLAN 62
PLAN 65

TYPE MECHANICAL SEALS RECOMENDADED API PLANS


SINGLE MECHANICAL SEALS 01,02,11,12,13,14,21,22,23,31,32,41
DOUBLE MECHANICAL SEALS 52,53A,53B,53C,54
QUENCH MECHANICAL SEALS SEALS 51,61,62

74
75
Special designs

It is not always possible to use a conventional mechanical seal. Complex applications with special requirements and
pumps with small housings need mechanical seals with non-standard profiles.

Our engineering centre designs and manufactures customised solutions adapted to the specific needs of our customers,
in large or small production runs.

76
Specific models for agitators or reactors that work with simple mix-
tures, solid dissolutions or suspended fluids. In which gases or resi-
dual products may be released as a result of the chemical reactions
generated inside the agitator. The double internal seal is permanently
lubricated by the barrier fluid. This type of cartridge seal is often used
in the food, pharmaceutical and chemical industries.

77
Materials Codes (EN 12756)

Contact surfaces (position I and II) Secondary seals (position III)


SYNTHETIC CARBONS ELASTOMERS
A: Antimony-impregnated carbon P: Nitrile rubber (NBR)
B: Resin-impregnated carbon H: Hydrogenated nitrile (HNBR).
B2: Resin-impregnated carbon N: Chloroprene rubber®(CR)
B3: Pure non-impregnated carbon E: Ethylene-propylene diene monomer (EPDM)
B4: Self-lubricating carbon X: Ethylene-propylene diene monomer peroxide (EPDMPX)
B5: Hot pressed carbon S: Silicon rubber (MVQ)
V: Fluorocarbon (FKM)
METALS K: Perfluorocarbon rubber (FFKM)
E: Chromium steel; AISI 420 (1.4021 ; 1.4028) M: Rubber coated with PTFE (FEP-FKM / FEP-MVQ)
F1: Nickel-chromium steel; AISI 431 (1.4057) A: Tetrafluoro-ethylene Propylene Rubber (TFE/P or Aflas®)
G: Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel; AISI 316 (1.4401)
D: Duplex stainless steel (1.4462 ; 1.4162) NON-ELASTOMERS
Z: Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel with chrome oxide
Z2: Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steatite steel G: Graphite
C: Brass T: PTFE
C2: Bronce
Springs and other metal parts (position IV and V)
CARBIDES E: Chromium steel; AISI 420 (1.4021; 1.4028)
F: Nickel-chromium steel; AISI 304 (1.4301)
U: Tungsten carbide with welded / inserted nickel F1: Nickel-chromium steel; AISI 431 (1.4057)
U1: Solid tungsten carbide with nickel G: Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel; AISI 316 (1.4401)
Q1: Sintered silicon carbide with no free silicon G2: AM350 nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel. AM350
Q2: Sintered silicon carbide G3: AISI 904L (1.4539)
Q5: Sintered silicon carbide with no free silicone diamond G4: 316Ti (1.4571)
coating L: NIckel-chromium-molybdenum steel; AISI 316L (1.4404)
Q6: Sintered silicon carbide with carbon L2: NIckel-chromium-molybdenum steel; AISI 316L (1.4435)
D: Nickel-chromium-molybdenum duplex stainless steel (1.4462)
D2: Super Duplex (1.4410)
CERAMIC MATERIALS M: Hastelloy® C4
V: Alumina oxide 99,5% M2: Inconel® 718 (2.4668)
V2: Alumina oxide 95% M3: Alloy® 20 (2.4668)
X: Steatite M4: Monel®400
M5: Hastelloy® C276 (2.4819)
B: Brass
SYNTHETIC MATERIALS R: AISI 316 + PTFE coverage
Y: Glass-filled PTFE
Y1: PTFE-graphite

Synthetic carbons Ceramic materials


Synthetic carbons are the materials most often used due to their in- Ceramic materials have extremely high purity, are very resistant to
trinsic characteristics: they are self-lubricating, economical and have wear and have high chemical resistance. However, they become
good chemical resistance. There are several types: fragile in the presence of sudden changes in temperature (thermal
shock).
Code A: Antimony-impregnated carbon.
It has less chemical resistance than resin-impregnated carbon but is • Code X: Stéatite.
used due to its resistance to high temperatures (350ºC). It is recom- Its composition is silica oxide (SiO2) 52%, magnesium oxide (MgO)
mended for high pressure applications with hydrocarbons, thermal 23%, alumina oxide (Al2O3) 5.1%. It is ochre in colour and used in
oils or gases. clean water applications. An economical material. Has low chemical
Code B: Resin-impregnated carbon. resistance and low thermal conductivity, for which reason it does not
The most standard and economical. It can withstand temperatures dissipate heat well. Low resistance to thermal shock.
of up to 180ºC. • Code V: Alumina oxide with a purity of 99.5%.
Code B2: Resin-impregnated carbon. It is chemically inert and has excellent resistance to wear. Due to its
A mechanised carbon with a more compact internal structure which purity, it can withstand a higher degree of thermal shock than other
gives it greater chemical resistance than type B graphite. types of ceramic. It is recommended in clean water operations, in
Code B3: Non-impregnated carbon. combination with graphite (B).
A carbon with no resin or metal content with a very high resistance to Low thermal conductivity and poor heat dissipation. Low resistance
temperature (3000º C) and chemicals. to thermal shock.

78
Metal carbides
Metal carbides are extremely hard materials manufactured by sintering. They have high chemical and wear resistance and are used in environ-
ments with solids or particles which can attack soft materials such as carbon.

• Code U: Inserted / welded tugsten carbide. • Code U1: Solid tungsten carbide with nickel.
An extremely hard and tenacious material. It is appropriate for applica- An extremely hard and tenacious material. Limited chemical re-
tions with a pH of more than 6 (in the case of welded parts). sistance, especially to acid products. Suitable for applications
Good behaviour with respect to wear under severe conditions. Good with pH values above 2. Good behaviour with respect to wear
thermal conductivity. High elastic modulus, meaning it is not likely to under severe conditions. Good thermal conductivity. High elastic
become deformed, especially in high pressure applications. Limited modulus, meaning it is not likely to become deformed in compari-
chemical resistance, especially to acid products. A very high density son with metal materials. A very high density material, which can
material, which can be critical in high speed rotating operations. be critical in high speed rotating operations.
Limited capacity to withstand dry operation conditions or extremely li- Limited capacity to withstand dry operation conditions or extre-
mited lubrication conditions, especially when working with the same mely limited lubrication conditions, especially when working with
material. the same material.

• Code Q: Silicon carbide. The silicon carbide and carbon combination is frequently used,
Good resistance to wear and to friction in heavy duty work. It is the per- providing long life in a wide range of conditions due to its excellent
fect material for working in contact with abrasive and corrosive fluids, resistance to thermal shock.
and at high pressures. Its main characteristics are as follows: In applications with abrasives, it is advisable to use silicon carbide
-High thermal conductivity, comparable to tungsten carbide. against tungsten carbide, which is the most effective combination
-Low resistance to thermal shock. due to its resistance to wear and friction.
-High elasticity modulus. Silicon carbide may work against itself in very abrasive conditions
-Good chemical resistance. but the friction characteristics are not as good as silicon carbide
-Lower density than tungsten carbide. against tungsten carbide.
May be subject to chemical attack by certain strong alkaline products.
For that reason it is important to choose the most appropriate silicon When silicon carbide is used against itself, the best results are
carbide grade: obtained using different types, for instance Q1 against Q2 or Q2
Q1: Contains no free silicon. It has the best chemical resistance of all against Q6.
carbides, but low tenacity. Its friction characteristics are poorer than
grade Q2, but higher than those of tungsten carbide. When hard material is worked against hard, the limited conditions
Q2: Contains free silicon. It has the best friction characteristics of all of the application may give rise to sudden changes in surface tem-
silicon carbides. Some acid or alkaline substances may cause lixiviation perature and dry operation. Although this occurs with a short space
in free silicon but in general, it is more inert than tungsten carbide. of time, it is best to use silicon carbide with graphite-impregnated
Q6: Has a silicon and graphite carbide base. This mixture combines the silicon carbide (Q6). Due to its graphite content, this combination is
high resistance to wear of silicon carbide and the lubricant properties resistant to the absence of lubrication for a limited time.
of graphite.
Silicon carbide normally runs against resin-impregnated graphite (B),
but metal carbons may also be used for high performance (hot water
applications).

Metals
• Code E: AISI 420 chromium steel.
This is tempered stainless steel with a surface hardness of less than 50 HRc. It is used with fluids such as water or oils.
• Code F: Nickel-chromium steel AISI 304.
Stainless steel used to manufacture springs and auxiliary parts.
• Code F1: Nickel-chromium steel.
Stainless steel with good chemical resistance, used for fluids such as water, oils, chemicals, etc.
• Code G: AISI 316 nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel.
Stainless steel with very good chemical resistance used with water, oils, hydrocarbons and chemicals.
• Code G2: AM350 nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel.
Specifically for metal bellows that must work at high temperatures up to +300ºC.
• Code L: Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel; AISI 316L.
Stainless steel with excellent chemical resistance. It provides a homogeneous surface with no pores and is recommended for hygienic applications.
• Code Z: Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel with chrome oxide.
It is a coating of Chromium Oxide deposited on the steel by means of plasma. The hardness is superior to that of stellite steel.
• Code Z2: Nickel-chromium-molybdenum stellite steel.
To obtain it, the steel surface is treated with plasma, leaving a thickness of 0.2 to 0.3 mm. with considerable surface hardness and increased
resistance to wear.

79
Materials Codes (EN 12756)

• Code D:
Nickel-molydenum duplex stainless steel, used for highly corrosive environments: marine, industrial, etc.
• Code M: Hastelloy® C4
A nickel, chromium and molybdenum alloy with great mechanical resistance and excellent chemical resistance for general use. It is used to
make springs or auxiliary parts.
• Code M2: Inconel®718 (2.4668)
A nickel (53%), chromium (18%), tantalum-niobium (5%) and molybdenum (3%) alloy. Good resistance to corrosion and excellent resistance to
extreme temperatures, both high (600ºC) and low (-250ºC).
• Code M4: Monel®400.
A nickel (63%) and copper (23%) alloy. High resistance to corrosion in saline, caustic and acid environments (hydrochloric acid, hydrofluoric
acid, sulphuric acid) and at high and low temperatures. Good mechanical properties. Due to its copper content, it has low resistance to nitric
acid and ammonia. Very often used in the naval sector.

Synthetic or plastic materials


These materials are widely recommended for cases in which carbon lacks the adequate chemical resistance. They are manufactured with a
PTFE base mixed with different additives and have very high chemical resistance. They withstand temperatures of up to +240ºC. Their use is
limited to low pressures and speeds (PV factor).
• Code Y: Glass-filled
• Code Y1 : Graphite-filled PTFE

Secondary seals

• Code P: Nitrile butadiene rubber NBR. • Code K: Perfluorelastomer rubber FFKM.


For working with water, oil, grease, etc. Temperature resistance from Excellent chemical resistance to a wide range of working fluids. Wi-
-30ºC to +100ºC. thstands temperatures ranging from -30 to +250 or +320ºC depen-
• Code H: Hydrogenated NBR. ding on the type.
Excellent resistance to lubricants and products refrigerants at tempe- • Code M: FEP encapsulated seals.
ratures of up to + 150ºC . Their chemical resistance is similar to that of PTFE. They are suita-
• Code N: Chlorobutadiene rubber Neoprene® or CR. ble for working at high temperatures ranging from -15ºC to +200ºC.
For fluids such as refrigerants, ozone, glycols, etc. Temperature resis- Their main problem is the plastic behaviour of their surface, which
tance of from -40ºC to +100ºC. makes them difficult to assemble in closed housings and they have a
• Code E: Ethylene-propylene diene monomer EPDM. greater risk of being damaged.
Good behaviour in the presence of hot water, steam, acetone, alcohol, • Code A: Tetrafluoroethylene rubber, Aflas® or TPE/P.
etc. Temperature resistance from -40ºC to +120ºC. A material with high chemical resistance to most products and suita-
• Code X: Cethylene-propylene rubberhardened with peroxide ble for working with steam at temperatures up to +170ºC and lubri-
(EPDMPX). Good behaviour in the presence of hot water, steam, ace- cants at temperatures up to +200º C.
tone, alcohol, etc. In contact with steam up to +130ºC in continuous • Code G:
operation and peaks of +150ºC. Non-elastomer material with a graphite base used for high tempera-
• Code S: Methyl-vinyl silicon rubber MVQ. ture applications. Withstands temperatures up to +400º C
Indicated for applications at low temperatures from -60ºC to +200ºC. • Code T: Polytetrafluorethylene PTFE.
• Code V: Fluorocarbon (FKM) High chemical resistance to practically all substances. Withstands
High chemical and temperature resistance. Withstands temperatures temperatures ranging from -200ºC to +260ºC.
of -15ºC to +200ºC except in hot water applications, in which case
the temperature should not exceed 120ºC.

80
Cartridges identification guide

Working Conditions:

Speed (rpm):

Temperature (°C):

Pressure (bar):

Media:

Solid particles in suspension YES NO

New application: YES NO

Current Product:

Explanation of application:

Dimensions:

(1) Shaft diameter:

(2) Stuffing box diameter:

(3) Number of bolts and diameter:

(4) Stuffing box length:

(5) Maximum installation length:

(6) Maximum diameter of gland:

(7) External diameter between bolts:

81 81
Seals ldentification guide

Company: Work fluids:

Contact person: Solid particles in suspension: YES NO

Pump brand: Model:

Working Conditions:

Temperature: Cleaning: YES NO

Pressure: Conditions:

Speed:

Rotary Part / Face:


Spring: Direction of rotation: Example:

Single spring Right

Multi-spring Left
Wave spring Independent Set screw Spring Seals Conical
Others

Specify

Spring Seals Cylindrical Bellows

Stationary Part:
Example:

With oring Rubber joint Anti-rotation slot Others

Dimensions (Sketch):

• Shaft diameter (d1): _______


• Exterior diameter of the rotary part (d3): _______
• Length of the rotary part, relaxed (without movement): _________
• Length of the rotary part, totally pressed: _______
• Length of the rotary part in working position (I3): _______
• Exterior diameter of the stationary part, oring includes (d7): _______
• High of the stationary part, from the rotating seal face till the end
of the oring (I4):_______

82
Naming Codes:

Single Cartridge:

D: Drainaje
F: Flush
L SC Type - Shaft - QO: quench whith lip seal
QG: quench with trough a throttle ring
AB: ANSI Big Bore
AS: ANSI Standard Bore

Double Cartridge:

D: Drainaje

L DC Type - Shaft - AB: ANSI Big Bore


AS: ANSI Standard

Single Seals:

L MS Type - Shaft - D

83
Mechanical Seals
Sectors
Food and pharma

The food and pharma sectors are especially demanding with respect to safety in their processes. It is very important to prevent
contamination with the manufactured products and the halting of production lines during the entire work flow.

For this reason, the use of CIP (Cleaning in place) or SIP


(Sterilisation in place) processes is quite usual.
The complex chemical mixtures (alkaline solutions) used
in CIP processes may damage the seals of the mecha-
nical seals in a short time, and in SIP, high temperatures
reaching values of up to 150º C can destroy conventional
elastomer materials.

Due to these extreme conditions, the use of elastomers in resistant ma-


terials such as EPDM peroxide, FFKM and Aflas® is essential, and they
must also comply with the strictest compulsory standards required in
these industries: FDA, CE 1935, KTW, WRAS, 3-A, etc.

Many different kinds of machines exist for transferring temperature-


sensitive products, viscous substances, fluids with particles or particles
in suspension: screw pumps, stirrers, mills, homogenisers, reactors and
mixers. The most appropriate mechanical seal design is the hygienic
one which reduces the possibility of product remains being deposited
and not eliminated during CIP/SIP processes, which could give rise to
sources of contamination.

Applications Requirements or critical conditions of the application Type of seal recommended

→ Wave spring seal (protected spring), conical spring seal,


Sauces: Fluids containing particles
multispring seal (double) and single cartridge seal.

Viscous products Products with a high → Double cartridge seal, reservoirs, wave spring seal
Sweets and chocolate sugar content (protected spring) and bellows seal (metal).

Water and soft drinks: Fluids without particles → Conical spring seal and bellows seal.

→ Conical spring seal and wave spring seal (protected


Beer: CIP/SIP processes
spring).

Dairy products (milk,


yoghourts, butter, → Wave spring seal (protected spring), conical spring seal
Viscous products CIP/SIP processes
and multispring seal (protected).
cheese, fats…)

Creamy products,
→ Multispring seal (double), double cartridge seal,
ointments, cosmetics, Viscous and sticky products
reservoirs and wave spring seal (protected spring).
gels, etc

Determining the mechanical seal design and the appropriate materials for each application is essential in order to cut costs.

86
Sector
Chemical
In the chemical industry, the habitual processes require sealing elements for materials with high chemical resistance. For transfe-
rring very aggressive or corrosive chemical fluids that are clean or with particles and have high viscosities, along with high tempera-
tures and pressures, the mechanical seal materials and the type of assembly must be correctly defined: single, double, external or in
accordance with API plans.

Furthermore, the applications require sealing systems that


guarantee safety, preventing the leakage of corrosive or
flammable products that could enter the atmosphere.
In this sector the ATEX certification is often required, to
ensure equipment’s safety when working in explosive
environments.

All the above gives rise to extremely demanding requirements for the
mechanical seals and for the auxiliary elements supplied with them: LTS
or LQT reservoirs, or elements such as cyclones.

Not only is it necessary to pay attention to the design of the mechanical


seal, but also to consider the materials used to make its components:
sintered silicon carbide contact surfaces (Q1), fluorinated elastomeric
seals (FKM) or high resistance alloy springs (Hastelloy®C) are an indis-
pensable requirement.

Applications Requirements or critical conditions of the application Type of seal recommended

Chlorine and its by-products, Corrosive fluids → Bellows seal (PTFE).


acids, caustic products:

Detergents: Viscous products → Multispring seal (double).

Chemically aggressive fluids → Bellows seal (PTFE).


Fertilisers:

Varnishes and paints: Sticky products → Double cartridge seal, reservoirs and wave spring seal.

Pulp and paper: → Double cartridge seal, reservoirs, multispring seal,


Paste-like products
(external arrangement) and wave spring seal.

87
Sector
Water treatment
In water treatment operations, different processes are carried out in order to obtain a product that complies with the stringent
health and legal legislation of each country.
Even though water is the main element of the whole
process and the main fluid used, the difficulties posed
in sealing it are just as challenging as in other sectors.

During the different treatments to which water is subject, the me-


chanical seals may come into contact with sediments, organic
matter, dissolved substances such as calcium and magnesium
(hard water), sulphate and carbon dioxide (acid water), manganese
(sewage water), nitrates (water contaminated by fertilisers), etc.

Although standard seals are often sufficient for most applications


in this (supplying freshwater or transporting wastewater), in other
cases the design of the mechanical seal and the materials must be
carefully designed.

Applications Requirements or critical conditions of the application Type of seal recommended

Domestic water treatment → Bellows seal and conical spring seal.

Desanding/degreasing
treatment → Single cartridge seal, double cartridge seal, auxiliary
Fluids with a high particle content
elements (reservoirs cyclones) and wave spring seal.
Decanting

Deodorising Fluids containing chemicals: → Bellows Seal (PTFE).


(sodium hypochlorite, sodium hydroxide,
sulphuric acid)

88
Sector
Maritime

Pumps installed on ships must be extremely reliable and durable. Use of different machines: cooling pumps, fire fighting
pumps or boiler supply pumps, meaning that the types of mechanical seals used in this industry are quite diverse.
The main applications are for:

• Cooling machinery
• Firefighting systems.
• Feeding boilers.
• Pumping ballast water.

A wide range of mechanical seal designs exist for this


type of pumps, which operates in especially difficult
conditions with high salt concentrations (this parameter Within this scope, not only is it important to locate spare parts to make
varies, depending on the sea), at high pressures, etc. the repair, but it is also important to select the right materials for the
contact surfaces and metal parts of the seal. It is essential to deter-
mine a structure that permits easy mounting, increases the pump’s
useful life and reduces maintenance costs.

Applications Requirements or critical conditions of the application Type of seal recommended

High salt concentration → Multispring seal: Hastelloy®C materials multispring


Sea water: High pressure seal (balanced)

Complex assemblies → Single cartridge seal (split).

Sump pumps:
→ Single cartridge seal, axial spring seals: conical spring,
High salt concentration
wave spring seal and multispring seal.

Double Single Auxiliary Wave


Sector Multispring seals Axial spring seals Bellows seals
cartridge seal cartridge seal elements spring seal
Food & Beverage • • • • • • •
Pharmaceutical • • • • •
Chemical • • • • •
Water treatment • • • • • •
Maritime • • • • •

89
MULTISPRING SEALS

LMS10D SECTORS:

COMPONENTS:
1 Rotating contact surface
1a Rotating contact surface CHARACTERISTICS:
2 Stationary contact surface
2a Stationary contact surface • Unbalanced.
3 O-rings • System attached to the shaft by allen
3a O-rings screws.
3b O-rings
3c O-rings • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
4 Springs
5 Metal frame
5a Set screws
OPERATING LIMITS:
5b Ring
d1= 18 ÷ 100 mm p= 16 kg/cm²
v= 20 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Double seal for working with barrier fluids in which
the springs are isolated from the fluid product.
API 53A and API54 assemblies.
Recommended in applications with toxic, pollutant or
potentially dangerous products in which safety is an
important factor. Available with a pumping ring on
the casing to reduce the temperature between the
contact surfaces and facilitate the barrier fluid move-
ment (reference LMS10D-F). Available in a balanced
version with a stepped shaft (reference LM10BD).
Contact surface kits available.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d3f d4f I3 I8 I9 M d6 d7 d8 I4 I5 I6 I7 I10 I1


18 33 - - 38 17.0 19.0 M5 27 33 3 11.5 2.0 5 9 19.5 61.0
20 35 - - 38 17.0 19.0 M5 29 35 3 11.5 2.0 5 9 19.5 61.0
22 37 42 42,5 38 17.0 19.0 M5 31 37 3 11.5 2.0 5 9 19.5 61.0
24 39 44 44,5 38 17.0 19.0 M5 33 39 3 11.5 2.0 5 9 19.5 61.0
25 40 45 45,5 38 17.0 19.0 M5 34 40 3 11.5 2.0 5 9 19.5 61.0
28 43 47 47,5 39 17.5 19.5 M6 37 43 3 11.5 2.0 5 9 19.5 62.0
30 45 49 49,5 39 17.5 19.5 M6 39 45 3 11.5 2.0 5 9 19.5 62.0
32 47 51 51,5 39 17.5 19.5 M6 42 48 3 11.5 2.0 5 9 19.5 62.0
33 48 51 51,5 39 17.5 19.5 M6 42 48 3 11.5 2.0 5 9 19.5 62.0
35 50 54 54,5 39 17.5 19.5 M6 44 50 3 11.5 2.0 5 9 19.5 62.0
38 55 59 59,5 41 18.5 20.5 M6 49 56 4 14.0 2.0 6 9 22.0 69.0
40 57 61 61,5 42 19.0 21.0 M6 51 58 4 14.0 2.0 6 9 22.0 70.0
43 60 65 65,5 42 19.0 21.0 M6 54 61 4 14.0 2.0 6 9 22.0 70.0
45 62 66 66,5 42 19.0 21.0 M6 56 63 4 14.0 2.0 6 9 22.0 70.0
48 65 69 69,5 42 19.0 21.0 M6 59 66 4 14.0 2.0 6 9 22.0 70.0
50 67 71 71,5 43 19.5 21.5 M6 62 70 4 15.0 2.5 6 9 23.0 73.0
53 70 75 75,5 43 19.5 21.5 M6 65 73 4 15.0 2.5 6 9 23.0 73.0
55 72 76 76,5 43 19.5 21.5 M8 67 75 4 15.0 2.5 6 9 23.0 73.0
58 79 83 83,5 56 23.5 28.0 M8 70 78 4 15.0 2.5 6 9 23.0 86.0
60 81 85 85,5 56 23.5 28.0 M8 72 80 4 15.0 2.5 6 9 23.0 86.0
63 84 88 88,5 55 24.5 27.5 M8 75 83 4 15.0 2.5 6 9 - 85.0
65 86 95 95,5 55 24.5 27.5 M8 77 85 4 15.0 2.5 6 9 23.0 85.0
68 89 93 93,5 55 24.5 27.5 M8 81 90 4 18.0 2.5 7 9 26.0 91.0
70 91 95 95,5 56 23.5 28.0 M8 83 92 4 18.0 2.5 7 9 26.0 92.0
75 99 105 105,5 56 25.5 28.0 M8 88 97 4 18.0 2.5 7 9 26.0 92.0
80 104 109 109,5 56 25.5 28.0 M8 95 105 4 18.2 3.0 7 9 26.2 92.5
85 100 114 114,5 56 25.0 28.0 M8 100 110 4 18.2 3.0 7 9 26.2 92.5
90 114 119 119,5 56 25.5 28.0 M8 105 115 4 18.2 3.0 7 9 26.2 92.5
95 119 124 124,5 56 25.0 28.0 M8 110 120 4 17.2 3.0 7 9 25.2 90.5
100 124 129 129,5 56 25.0 28.0 M8 115 125 4 17.2 3.0 7 9 25.2 90.5

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

90
MULTISPRING SEALS

LMS11 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • System attached to the shaft by allen
1 Rotating contact surface screws.
2 Stationary contact surface • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
3 O-rings
3a O-rings
4 Springs OPERATING LIMITS:
5 Metal frame
5a Set screws d1= 18 ÷ 100 mm p= 10 kg/cm²
5b Ring
v= 20 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
The contact surface of the rotating part can be de-
tached, which makes this model extremely versatile
as it is easy to exchange contact surfaces made of
different materials.
Seal compliant with standard EN 12756.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 d8 I4 I5 I6 I7 I1
18 32 37 21.0 27 33 3 10.0 2.0 4 9 31
20 34 39 21.0 29 35 3 10.0 2.0 5 9 31
22 36 41 21.0 31 37 3 10.0 2.0 5 9 31
24 38 43 24.0 33 39 3 10.0 2.0 5 9 34
25 39 44 24.0 34 40 3 10.0 2.0 5 9 34
28 42 47 24.0 37 43 3 10.0 2.0 5 9 34
30 44 49 25.0 39 45 3 10.0 2.0 5 9 35
32 46 51 25.0 42 48 3 10.0 2.0 5 9 35
33 47 52 25.0 42 48 3 10.0 2.0 5 9 35
35 49 54 25.0 44 50 3 10.0 2.0 5 9 35
38 54 59 28.0 49 56 4 11.0 2.0 6 9 39
40 56 61 28.0 51 58 4 11.0 2.0 6 9 39
43 59 64 28.0 54 61 4 11.0 2.0 6 9 39
45 61 66 28.0 56 63 4 11.0 2.0 6 9 39
48 64 69 28.0 59 66 4 11.0 2.0 6 9 39
50 66 71 28.0 62 70 4 13.0 2.5 6 9 41
53 69 74 28.0 65 73 4 13.0 2.5 6 9 41
55 71 76 28.0 67 75 4 13.0 2.5 6 9 41
58 78 83 29.0 70 78 4 13.0 2.5 6 9 42
60 80 85 29.0 72 80 4 13.0 2.5 6 9 42
63 83 88 32.0 75 83 4 13.0 2.5 6 9 45
65 85 90 32.0 77 85 4 13.0 2.5 6 9 45
68 88 93 32.7 81 90 4 15.3 2.5 7 9 48
70 90 95 32.7 83 92 4 15.3 2.5 7 9 48
75 99 104 36.7 88 97 4 15.3 2.5 7 9 52
80 104 109 36.3 95 105 4 15.7 3.0 7 9 52
85 109 114 36.3 100 110 4 15.7 3.0 7 9 52
90 114 119 39.3 105 115 4 15.7 3.0 7 9 55
95 119 124 39.3 110 120 4 15.7 3.0 7 9 55
100 124 129 39.3 115 125 4 15.7 3.0 7 9 55

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

91
MULTISPRING SEALS

LMS13 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • System attached to the shaft by allen
1 Rotating contact surface screws.
2 Stationary contact surface • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
3 O-rings
3a O-rings
4 Springs
5 Metal frame
OPERATING LIMITS:
5a Set screws
5b Ring d1= 20 ÷ 100 mm p= 12 kg/cm²
v= 20 m/s t= -40÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
The contact surface of the rotating part can be de-
tached, which makes this model extremely versatile
as it is easy to exchange contact surfaces made of
different materials.
Seal compliant with standard EN 12756.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 d8 I4 I5 I6 I7 I1
20 34 36 27,5 29,0 35,0 3,0 10,0 2,0 5,0 9,0 37,5
22 36 38 27,5 31,0 37,0 3,0 10,0 2,0 5,0 9,0 37,5
24 38 40 30,0 33,0 39,0 3,0 10,0 2,0 5,0 9,0 40,0
25 39 41 30,0 34,0 40,0 3,0 10,0 2,0 5,0 9,0 40,0
28 42 44 32,5 37,0 43,0 3,0 10,0 2,0 5,0 9,0 42,5
30 44 46 32,5 39,0 45,0 3,0 10,0 2,0 5,0 9,0 42,5
32 46 48 32,5 42,0 48,0 3,0 10,0 2,0 5,0 9,0 42,5
33 47 49 32,5 42,0 48,0 3,0 10,0 2,0 5,0 9,0 42,5
35 49 51 32,5 44,0 50,0 3,0 10,0 2,0 5,0 9,0 42,5
38 54 58 34,0 49,0 56,0 4,0 11,0 2,0 6,0 9,0 45,0
40 56 60 34,0 51,0 58,0 4,0 11,0 2,0 6,0 9,0 45,0
43 59 63 34,0 54,0 61,0 4,0 11,0 2,0 6,0 9,0 45,0
45 61 65 34,0 56,0 63,0 4,0 11,0 2,0 6,0 9,0 45,0
48 64 68 34,0 59,0 66,0 4,0 11,0 2,0 6,0 9,0 45,0
50 66 70 34,5 62,0 70,0 4,0 13,0 2,5 6,0 9,0 47,5
53 69 73 34,5 65,0 73,0 4,0 13,0 2,5 6,0 9,0 47,5
55 71 75 34,5 67,0 75,0 4,0 13,0 2,5 6,0 9,0 47,5
58 78 83 39,5 70,0 78,0 4,0 13,0 2,5 6,0 9,0 52,5
60 80 85 39,5 72,0 80,0 4,0 13,0 2,5 6,0 9,0 52,5
63 83 88 39,5 75,0 83,0 4,0 13,0 2,5 6,0 9,0 52,5
65 85 90 39,5 77,0 85,0 4,0 13,0 2,5 6,0 9,0 52,5
68 88 93 37,5 81,0 90,0 4,0 15,0 2,5 7,0 9,0 52,5
70 90 95 45,0 83,0 92,0 4,0 15,0 2,5 7,0 9,0 60,0
75 99 104 45,0 88,0 97,0 4,0 15,0 2,5 7,0 9,0 60,0
80 104 109 44,5 95,0 105,0 4,0 15,5 3,0 7,0 9,0 60,0
85 109 114 44,5 100,0 110,0 4,0 15,5 3,0 7,0 9,0 60,0
90 114 119 49,5 105,0 115,0 4,0 15,5 3,0 7,0 9,0 65,0
95 119 124 49,5 110,0 120,0 4,0 15,5 3,0 7,0 9,0 65,0
100 124 129 49,5 115,0 125,0 4,0 15,5 3,0 7,0 9,0 65,0
Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

92
MULTISPRING SEALS

LMS14 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
COMPONENTS: • System attached to the shaft by allen
1 Rotating contact surface screws.
2 Stationary contact surface • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
3a O-rings
3b O-rings
3c O-rings OPERATING LIMITS:
4 Springs
5 Metal frame d1= 18 ÷ 100 mm p= 14 kg/cm²
5a Set screws
5b Coupling pin v= 15 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
The springs are not in contact with the fluid. Ideal for
working with particle-laden fluids in which standard
designs tend to become blocked.
Internally balanced, with no need for a stepped shaft
Suitable for working in applications with high pres-
sures. The O-ring resting on the shaft does not cau-
se wear as there is no axial movement (changes in
pressure).

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm Dimensions in inches
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 d8 I4 I1 (“) mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I1
18 33 36 32 27 33 3 13.5 45.5 0,750 19,05 34 37 32 29,9 34,9 6,6 38,6
20 35 38 32 29 35 3 13.5 45.5 0,875 22,23 36 39 32 33,1 38,1 6,6 38,6
22 37 40 32 31 37 3 13.5 45.5
1,000 25,40 39 42 32 36,3 41,3 6,6 38,6
24 39 42 32 33 39 3 13.3 45.3
1,125 28,58 43 46 32 39,5 44,5 6,6 38,6
25 40 43 32 34 40 3 13.0 45.0
28 43 46 32 37 43 3 12.5 44.5 1,250 31,75 46 49 32 42,6 47,6 6,6 38,6
30 45 48 32 39 45 3 12.0 44.0 1,375 34,93 49 52 32 45,8 50,8 6,6 38,6
32 47 50 42 42 48 3 12.0 54.0 1,500 38,10 54 57 32 47,6 54 7,5 39,5
33 48 51 42 42 48 3 12.0 54.0 1,625 41,28 57 60 32 53,9 60,3 8,2 40,2
35 50 53 42 44 50 3 12.0 54.0
1,750 44,45 60 63 42 57,1 63,5 8,2 50,2
38 55 58 42 49 56 3 13.0 55.0
1,875 47,63 64 67 42 60,3 66,7 8,2 50,2
40 57 60 42 51 58 3 13.0 55.0
43 60 63 42 54 61 4 13.0 55.0 2,000 50,80 67 70 42 63,5 69,9 8,2 50,2
45 62 65 42 56 63 4 13.0 55.0 2,125 53,98 70 73 42 69,8 76,2 9,5 51,5
48 65 68 42 59 66 4 13.0 55.0 2,250 57,15 73 76 42 73 79,4 9,5 51,5
50 67 70 42 62 70 4 13.5 55.5 2,375 60,33 76 79 42 76,2 82,6 9,5 51,5
53 70 73 42 65 73 4 13.5 55.5
2,500 63,50 79 82 42 79,3 85,7 9,5 51,5
55 72 75 42 67 75 4 13.5 55.5
2,625 66,68 83 86 42 79,3 85,7 9,5 51,5
58 79 82 42 70 78 4 13.5 55.5
60 81 84 42 72 80 4 13.5 55.5 2,750 69,85 92 95 42 82,5 88,9 9,5 51,5
65 86 89 42 77 85 4 13.5 55.5 2,875 73,03 95 98 42 85,3 95,3 11,3 53,3
68 89 92 42 81 90 4 13.5 55.5 3,000 76,20 98 101 42 88,4 98,4 11,3 53,3
70 91 94 42 83 92 4 14.5 56.5 3,125 79,38 101 104 42 91,6 101,6 14,3 56,3
75 99 102 48 88 97 4 14.5 62.5 3,250 82,55 104 107 42 94,8 104,8 14,3 56,3
80 104 107 48 95 105 4 15.0 63.0
3,375 85,73 107 110 42 98 108 14,3 56,3
85 109 112 48 100 110 4 15.0 63.0
90 114 117 48 105 115 4 15.0 63.0 3,500 88,90 111 114 42 101,1 111,1 14,3 56,3
95 119 122 48 110 120 4 15.0 63.0 3,625 92,08 114 117 42 104,3 114,3 14,3 56,3
100 124 127 48 115 125 4 15.0 63.0 3,750 95,25 117 120 48 107,5 117,5 14,3 62,3
3,875 98,43 120 123 48 110,7 120,7 14,3 62,3
Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.
4,000 101,60 123 126 48 113,8 123,8 14,3 62,3

93
MULTISPRING SEALS

LMS15D SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTES: • System attached to the shaft by allen
1 Rotating contact surface screws.
1a Rotating contact surface • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
2 Stationary contact surface
2a Stationary contact surface
3a O-rings OPERATING LIMITS:
3b O-rings
3c O-rings
4 Springs d1= 20 ÷ 100 mm p= 12 kg/cm²
5 Metal frame
5a Set screws v= 20 m/s t= -40÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Double seal for working with barrier fluids in which
the springs are isolated from the fluid product.
API 53A and API54 assemblies.
Recommended in applications with toxic, pollutant
or potentially dangerous products in which safety is
an important factor.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 I3 d6 d7 d8 I4 I7 I1
20 40 23 29 35 3 10 9 43
25 44,5 25 34 40 3 10 9 45
28 47,5 25 37 43 3 8,5 9 42
30 50 27 39 45 3 10 9 47
35 56 28,5 44 50 3 10 9 48,5
43 71 30 54 61 4 13 9 56
50 80 30 62 70 4 14 9 58
65 98 35 77 85 4 14 9 63
100 145 45 115 125 4 16 9 81
Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

94
MULTISPRING SEALS

LMS20 / LMS20T SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • System attached to the shaft by allen
1 Rotating contact surface screws.
2 Stationary contact surface • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
3 O-rings
3T PTFE wedge
3a O-rings OPERATING LIMITS:
3Ta PTFE gasket
4 Springs d1= 14 ÷ 100 mm p= 10 kg/cm²
5 Metal frame
5a Set screws v= 20 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
5b Ring
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
The set of springs placed around the contact surface
of the rotating part generates a more uniformed load
than in models with a single spring.
The LMS20 is suitable for many different applica-
tions. Seal compliant with standard EN 12756 (KU).
The LMS20T uses a PTFE wedge as a secondary seal
and is appropriate for highly aggressive chemicals
and for thermal oils with high temperatures. The ver-
sion in inches has a standard stationary PF. L22 part.
TYPE LMS2O TYPE LMS20T

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm Dimensions in inches
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d3T d4 d4T I3 I3T d6 d7 d8 I4 I5 I6 I7 I1 I1T (“) mm d3 d3T d4 d4T I3 I3T d6 d7 I4 I4T I1 I1T
14 24 28,4 26 31 23 21 21 25 3 12 1,5 4 8,5 35 33 0,500 12,70 23,8 26,7 27 29 23,8 20,6 20,4 25,4 5,9 7,9 29,7 28,5
16 26 30,8 28 34 23 19 23 27 3 12 1,5 4 8,5 35 31 0,625 15,88 27 30,7 30,2 34 23,8 19 26,8 31,8 6,6 10,3 30,4 29,3
18 32 33,8 34 36,5 24 22 27 33 3 13,5 2 5 9 37,5 35,5 0,750 19,05 30,2 34 33,3 37 23,8 22,2 29,9 34,9 6,6 10,3 30,4 32,5
20 34 34,8 36 38 24 24 29 35 3 13,5 2 5 9 37,5 37,5 0,875 22,23 33,3 37,2 36,5 40 23,8 23,8 33,1 38,1 6,6 10,3 30,4 34,1
22 36 35,6 38 39 24 24 31 37 3 13,5 2 5 9 37,5 37,5 1,000 25,40 36,5 40,3 39,7 43 25,4 25,4 36,3 41,3 6,6 11,1 32 36,5
24 38 38,8 40 42 26,7 25 33 39 3 13,3 2 5 9 40 38,3 1,125 28,58 39,7 43,5 42,9 46 25,4 27 39,5 44,5 6,6 11,1 32 38,1
25 39 39,8 41 43 27 25 34 40 3 13 2 5 9 40 38 1,250 31,75 42,9 48,3 46 51 25,4 27 42,6 47,6 6,6 11,1 32 38,1
28 42 43,4 44 46 30 27 37 43 3 12,5 2 5 9 42,5 39,5 1,375 34,93 49,2 51,5 52,4 54 35 28,6 45,8 50,8 6,6 11,1 41,6 39,7
30 44 46,4 46 49 30,5 27 39 45 3 12 2 5 9 42,5 39 1,500 38,10 49,2 54,6 52,4 58 28,6 28,6 47,6 54 7,5 11,1 36,1 39,7
32 46 49,7 48 53 30,5 29 42 48 3 12 2 5 9 42,5 41 1,625 41,28 57,2 61 60,3 64 29,4 35 53,9 60,3 8,2 12,7 37,6 47,7
33 47 - 49 - 30,5 - 42 48 3 12 2 5 9 42,5 - 1,750 44,45 58,7 64,2 61,9 67 35 35 57,1 63,5 8,2 12,7 43,2 47,7
35 49 51,3 51 54 30,5 29 44 50 3 12 2 5 9 42,5 41 1,875 47,63 63,5 67,3 66,7 70 35 35 60,3 66,7 8,2 12,7 43,2 47,7
38 54 54,5 58 58 32 29 49 56 4 13 2 6 9 45 42 2,000 50,80 66,7 70,5 69,9 73 35 35 63,5 69,9 8,2 12,7 43,2 47,7
40 56 59,6 60 63 32 35 51 58 4 13 2 6 9 45 48 2,125 53,98 71,4 76,9 74,6 80 43 43 69,8 76,2 9,5 14,3 52,5 57,3
43 59 - 63 - 32 - 54 61 4 13 2 6 9 45 - 2,250 57,15 72,2 80 75,4 83 35 43 73 79,4 9,5 14,3 44,5 57,3
45 61 64,7 65 68 32 35 56 63 4 13 2 6 9 45 48 2,375 60,33 76,2 83,2 79,4 86 43 43 76,2 82,6 9,5 14,3 52,5 57,3
48 64 67,2 68 70 32 35 59 66 4 13 2 6 9 45 48 2,500 63,50 79,4 86,4 82,6 89 35 43 79,3 85,7 9,5 14,3 44,5 57,3
50 66 69,6 70 73 34 35 62 70 4 13,5 2,5 6 9 47,5 48,5 2,625 66,68 82,6 89,6 85,7 92 43 43 79,3 85,7 9,5 15,9 52,5 58,9
53 69 - 73 - 34 - 65 73 4 13,5 2,5 6 9 47,5 - 2,750 69,85 85,7 92,7 88,9 96 43 43 82,5 88,9 9,5 15,9 52,5 58,9
55 71 77,7 75 81 34 43 67 75 4 13,5 2,5 6 9 47,5 56,5 2,875 73,03 88,9 95,9 92,1 99 43 43 85,3 95,3 11,3 15,9 54,3 58,9
58 78 - 83 - 39 - 70 78 4 13,5 2,5 6 9 52,5 - 3,000 76,20 92,1 97,5 95,3 100 43 43 88,4 98,4 11,3 15,9 54,3 58,9
60 80 82,7 85 86 39 43 72 80 4 13,5 2,5 6 9 52,5 56,5 3,125 79,38 95,3 100,7 98,4 104 43 43 91,6 101,6 14,3 19,8 57,3 62,8
63 83 - 88 - 39 - 75 83 4 13,5 2,5 6 9 52,5 - 3,250 82,55 98,4 105,4 101,6 108 43 43 94,8 104,8 14,3 19,8 57,3 62,8
65 85 87,7 90 91 39 43 77 85 4 13,5 2,5 6 9 52,5 56,5 3,375 85,73 101,6 108,6 104,8 111 43 43 98 108 14,3 19,8 57,3 62,8
68 88 - 93 - 39 - 81 90 4 13,5 2,5 7 9 52,5 - 3,500 88,90 104,8 111,8 108 115 43 43 101,1 111,1 14,3 19,8 57,3 62,8
70 90 92,6 95 96 45,5 43 83 92 4 14,5 2,5 7 9 60 57,5 3,625 92,08 108 115 111,1 118 43 43 104,3 114,3 14,3 19,8 57,3 62,8
75 95 96,3 104 100 45,5 43 88 97 4 14,5 2,5 7 9 60 57,5 3,750 95,25 111,1 118,1 114,3 121 43 43 107,5 117,5 14,3 19,8 57,3 62,8
80 104 101,1 109 104 45 43 95 105 4 15 3 7 9 60 58 3,875 98,43 114,3 121,3 117,5 124 43 43 110,7 120,7 14,3 19,8 57,3 62,8
85 109 107,7 114 111 45 43 100 110 4 15 3 7 9 60 58 4,000 101,60 117,5 124,5 120,7 127 43 43 113,8 123,8 14,3 19,8 57,3 62,8
90 114 112,7 119 116 50 43 105 115 4 15 3 7 9 65 58
95 119 117,7 124 121 50 43 110 120 4 15 3 7 9 65 58
100 124 122,7 129 126 50 43 115 125 4 15 3 7 9 65 58

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

95
MULTISPRING SEALS

LMS20B / LMS20BT SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
COMPONENTS: • System attached to the shaft by allen
1 Rotating contact surface screws.
2 Stationary contact surface • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
3 O-rings
3T PTFE wedge
3a O-rings OPERATING LIMITS:
3Ta PTFE gasket
4 Springs d1= 14 ÷ 100 mm p= 60 kg/cm²
5 Metal frame
5a Set screws v= 25 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
5b Ring
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
The balanced contact surface design allows the me-
chanical seal to be used in applications with high
pressures without suffering premature wear.
The set of springs placed around the contact surface
of the rotating part generates a more uniformed load
than in models with a single spring.
It can be supplied with PTFE wedge for highly aggres-
sive chemicals with high temperatures.
TYPE LMS20B TYPE LMS20BT Seal compliant with standard EN 12756 (KB).

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm Dimensions in inches
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d2 d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 d8 I2 I4/ I4T I6 I7 I1/ I1T (“) mm d2 d2 d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I4T I1 I1T


(") mm

14 18 32 34 30,5 21 25 3 18 12 5,5 8,5 42,5 0,875 22,23 1,000 25,40 39,67 41,67 33,32 36,3 41,3 6,6 11,1 39,92 44,42
16 20 34 36 30,5 23 27 3 18 12 5,5 8,5 42,5 1,000 25,40 1,125 28,58 42,85 44,85 34,93 39,5 44,5 6,6 11,1 41,53 46,03
18 22 36 38 31,5 27 33 3 20 13,5 7 9 45 1,125 28,58 1,250 31,75 47,63 35,75 34,93 42,6 47,6 6,6 11,1 41,53 46,03
20 24 38 40 31,5 29 35 3 20 13,5 7 9 45 1,125 28,58 1,375 34,93 50,8 38,93 36,5 45,8 50,8 6,6 11,1 43,1 47,6
22 26 40 42 31,5 31 37 3 20 13,5 7 9 45 1,250 31,75 1,500 38,10 53,98 42,10 36,5 47,6 54 7,5 11,1 44 47,6
24 28 42 44 34,2 33 39 3 20 13,3 7 9 47,5 1,375 34,93 1,625 41,28 60,33 45,28 44,45 53,9 60,3 8,2 12,7 52,65 57,15
25 30 44 46 34,5 34 40 3 20 13 7 9 47,5 1,500 38,10 1,750 44,45 63,5 48,45 44,45 57,1 63,5 8,2 12,7 52,65 57,15
28 33 47 49 37,5 37 43 3 20 12,5 7 9 50 1,625 41,28 1,875 47,63 66,68 51,63 44,45 60,3 66,7 8,2 12,7 52,65 57,15
30 35 49 51 38 39 45 3 20 12 7 9 50 1,750 44,45 2,000 50,80 69,85 54,80 44,45 63,5 69,9 8,2 12,7 52,65 57,15
32 38 54 58 38 42 48 3 20 12 7 9 50 1,875 47,63 2,125 53,98 76,2 58,98 52,37 69,8 76,2 9,5 14,3 61,87 66,67
33 38 54 58 38 42 48 3 23 12 7 9 50 2,000 50,80 2,250 57,15 79,38 62,15 52,37 73 79,4 9,5 14,3 61,87 66,67
35 40 56 60 38 44 50 3 23 12 7 9 50 2,125 53,98 2,375 60,33 82,55 65,33 52,37 76,2 82,6 9,5 14,3 61,87 66,67
38 43 59 63 39,5 49 56 4 23 13 8 9 52,5 2,250 57,15 2,500 63,50 85,73 68,50 52,37 79,3 85,7 9,5 14,3 61,87 66,67
40 45 61 65 39,5 51 58 4 23 13 8 9 52,5 2,375 60,33 2,625 66,68 88,9 71,68 52,37 79,3 85,7 9,5 15,9 61,87 68,27
43 48 64 68 39,5 54 61 4 23 13 8 9 52,5 2,500 63,50 2,750 69,85 92,08 74,85 52,37 82,5 88,9 9,5 15,9 61,87 68,27
45 50 66 70 39,5 56 63 4 23 13 8 9 52,5 2,625 66,68 2,875 73,03 95,25 78,03 52,37 85,3 95,3 11,3 15,9 63,67 68,27
48 53 69 73 39,5 59 66 4 23 13 8 9 52,5 2,750 69,85 3,000 76,20 96,82 81,20 52,37 88,4 98,4 11,3 15,9 63,67 68,27
50 55 71 75 44 62 70 4 25 13,5 8,5 9 57,5 2,875 73,03 3,125 79,38 100 84,38 52,37 91,6 101,6 14,3 19,8 66,67 72,17
53 58 78 83 44 65 73 4 25 13,5 8,5 9 57,5 3,000 76,20 3,250 82,55 104,78 87,55 52,37 94,8 104,8 14,3 19,8 66,67 72,17
55 60 80 85 44 67 75 4 25 13,5 8,5 9 57,5 3,125 79,38 3,375 85,73 107,95 90,73 52,37 98 108 14,3 19,8 66,67 72,17
58 63 83 88 49 70 78 4 25 13,5 8,5 9 62,5 3,250 82,55 3,500 88,90 111,13 93,90 52,37 101,1 111,1 14,3 19,8 66,67 72,17
60 65 85 90 49 72 80 4 25 13,5 8,5 9 62,5 3,375 85,73 3,625 92,08 114,3 97,08 52,37 104,3 114,3 14,3 19,8 66,67 72,17
65 70 90 95 49 77 85 4 25 13,5 8,5 9 62,5 3,500 88,90 3,750 95,25 117,48 100,25 52,37 107,5 117,5 14,3 19,8 66,67 72,17
70 75 95 104 55,5 83 92 4 28 14,5 9,5 9 70 3,625 92,08 3,875 98,43 120,65 103,43 52,37 110,7 120,7 14,3 19,8 66,67 72,17
75 80 104 109 55,5 88 97 4 28 14,5 9,5 9 70 3,750 95,25 4,000 101,60 123,83 106,60 52,37 113,8 123,8 14,3 19,8 66,67 72,17
80 85 109 114 55 95 105 4 28 15 10 9 70
85 90 114 119 60 100 110 4 28 15 10 9 75
90 95 119 124 60 105 115 4 28 15 10 9 75
95 100 124 129 60 110 120 4 28 15 10 9 75
100 105 129 134 60 115 125 4 28 15 10 9 75

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

96
MULTISPRING SEALS

LMS22 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • System attached to the shaft by allen
1 Rotating contact surface screws.
3a O-rings • Not dependent on the rotation direction
4 Springs
5 Metal frame
5a Set screws OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 20 ÷ 100 mm p= 12 kg/cm²
v= 20 m/s t= -40 ÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
The contact surface of the rotating part can be de-
tached, which makes this model extremely versatile
as it is easy to exchange contact surfaces made of
different materials.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm Dimensions in inches
Shaft Rotary part Shaft Rotary part

mm d3 d4 (“) mm d3 d4 I3
I3
20 34 39 35 1,00 25,40 39,70 44,70 41,28
22 36 41 35 1,13 28,58 42,85 47,85 41,28
24 38 43 35 1,19 30,15 44,45 49,45 41,28
25 39 44 35 1,25 31,75 46,02 51,02 41,28
28 42 47 35 1,38 34,93 49,20 54,20 41,28
30 44 49 35 1,44 36,50 50,80 55,80 41,28
32 46 51 35 1,50 38,10 52,37 57,37 41,28
33 47 52 35 1,63 41,28 58,72 63,72 44,45
35 49 54 35 1,75 44,45 60,33 65,33 44,45
38 54 59 38 1,88 47,63 65,07 70,07 44,45
40
Medidas sujetas a56variaciones 61 38
o modificaciones. 2,00 50,80 68,25 73,25 44,45
43 59 64 38 2,13 53,98 71,42 76,42 44,45
45 61 66 38 2,25 57,15 74,60 79,60 44,45
48 64 69 38 2,38 60,33 77,77 82,77 44,45
50 66 71 39 2,50 63,50 80,95 85,95 44,45
53 69 74 40 2,63 66,68 84,12 89,12 44,45
55 71 76 40 2,75 69,85 87,30 92,30 44,45
58 76 81 41 2,88 73,03 90,47 95,47 44,45
60 78 83 41 3,00 76,20 93,65 98,65 44,45
63 81 86 41 3,13 79,38 101,60 106,60 44,45
65 83 88 41 3,25 82,55 104,78 109,78 44,45
68 86 91 41 3,38 85,73 107,95 112,95 44,45
70 90 95 42 3,50 88,90 111,13 116,13 44,45
75 95 100 42 3,63 92,08 114,30 119,30 44,45
80 100 105 42 3,75 95,25 117,48 122,48 46,02
85 105 110 43 3,88 98,43 120,65 125,65 46,02
90 110 115 45 4,00 101,60 123,83 128,83 46,02
95 115 120 45
4,25 107,95 130,18 135,18 52,37
100 120 125 45
4,50 114,30 136,53 141,53 52,37
Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

97
MULTISPRING SEALS

LMS26 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Equilibrado.
COMPONENTS: • Sistema rotación independiente
1 Rotating contact surface • Multimuelle
2 Stationary contact surface • External mounting.
3a O-ring
4 Spring
5 Metal frame OPERATING LIMITS:
6 Ring
7 Metal frame p= 50 kg/cm² v= 50 m/s
8 Setting clips
t= -20÷ +140oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Balanced mechanical seal with protected springs
to prevent them from blocking when in contact with
sticky or viscous fluids. The O-ring on the shaft is
static, thereby preventing “fretting” of the shaft.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part

mm d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5

40 65 64 52 53.5 59 48.5 30 39 9.5 5


50 75 77 61 63.5 72 54.5 33 42.2 12.3 5
53 80 80 64 66.5 75 55 33.5 42.7 12.3 5
55 85 85 68 71.5 80 60 36.5 47.2 12.8 5
60 90 90 74 76.5 85 61.5 38 48.7 12.8 5
65 95 95 78 81.5 90 62 38 49.2 12.8 5
80 115 119 98 102 110.5 63.5 38 50 13.5 5

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

98
MULTISPRING SEALS

LMS27 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
COMPONENTS: • System attached to the shaft by allen
1 Rotating contact surface screws.
2 Stationary contact surface • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
3 O-rings
4 Springs • External mounting.
5 Metal frame
6 Drive ring
OPERATING LIMITS:
7 Flange
d1= 25 ÷ 160 mm p= empty... 6 kg/cm²
v= 2 m/s t= -20÷ +150oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
A multi-spring mechanical seal recommended for
vertical stirrers with moderate speeds. The fixed part
may have cooling/lubrication systems: flush and/or
cooled flange connection.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm

Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Shaft Rotary part Stationary part

(“) mm I1 I3 d5 d2 d3 d4 dmín6 d6
máx I4 (“) mm I1 I3 d5 d2 d3 d4 dmín6 d6
máx I4
1,00 25 40,5 41,5 68 34 148 - 100 132 11 3,000 80 43,5 44,5 118 84 208 105 155 190 14
1,125 28 40,5 41,5 68 34 148 55 100 132 11 3,250 85 43,5 44,5 123 89 213 110 160 195 14
- 30 40,5 41,5 68 34 148 55 100 132 11 3,500 90 43,5 44,5 128 94 218 115 165 200 14
1,250 32 40,5 41,5 73 39 153 60 105 137 11 3,750 95 43,5 44,5 133 99 223 120 170 205 14
1,375 35 40,5 41,5 73 39 153 60 105 137 11 100 43,5 44,5 138 104 228 125 175 210 14
1,500 38 40,5 41,5 78 44 158 65 110 142 11 4,000 105 43,5 44,5 143 109 233 130 180 215 14
- 40 40,5 41,5 78 44 158 65 110 142 11 4,250 110 43,5 44,5 148 114 238 135 185 220 14
1,625 45 40,5 41,5 83 49 163 68 115 152 11 4,500 115 43,5 44,5 153 119 267 140 196 243 18
1,750 - 40,5 41,5 83 49 163 68 115 152 11 4,750 125 43,5 44,5 163 129 277 150 206 253 18
1,875 48 40,5 41,5 88 54 178 73 125 160 14 5,000 140 43,5 44,5 178 144 297 165 221 273 18
1,125 50 40,5 41,5 88 54 178 75 125 160 14 5,250 - 43,5 44,5 178 144 297 165 221 273 18
2,000 55 40,5 41,5 93 59 183 78 130 165 14 5,500 - 43,5 44,5 178 144 297 165 221 273 18
2,125 - 40,5 41,5 93 59 183 78 130 165 14 5,750 150 43,5 44,5 188 154 307 175 231 283 18
2,250 60 40,5 41,5 98 64 188 85 135 170 14 6,000 160 43,5 44,5 198 164 317 185 241 283 18
2,375 65 40,5 44,5 103 69 193 90 140 175 14 6,250 - 43,5 44,5 198 164 317 185 241 293 18
2,500 - 40,5 44,5 103 69 193 90 140 175 14
6,625 70 43,5 44,5 108 74 198 95 145 180 14
2,750 - 43,5 44,5 108 74 198 95 145 180 14
2.875 75 43,5 44,5 113 79 203 100 150 185 14

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

99
MULTISPRING SEALS

LMS28 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
COMPONENTS: • System attached to the shaft by allen
1 Rotating contact surface screws.
2 Stationary contact surface • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
3 O-rings • External mounting.
3a O-rings
4 Springs
5 Metal frame OPERATING LIMITS:
5a Set screws
d1= 25 ÷ 175 mm p= 15 kg/cm²
v= 2 m/s t= -20÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
It can be used in vertical agitators with moderate
speeds without the need to apply auxiliary lubrica-
tion systems. Adapted to DEBRIS cleaning systems.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm Dimensions in inches
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Shaft Rotary part Stationary part

mm d3 d4 d5 I4 I5 I6 I7 (“) mm d3 d4 d5 I4 I5 I6 I7
25 63,5 47,6 57,9 20,6 12,7 11,9 69,0 1.00 25.40 63.50 47.63 57.94 20.62 12.70 11.89 69.04
28 66,6 50,8 61,1 20,6 12,7 11,9 69,0 1.13 28.58 66.68 50.80 61.11 20.62 12.70 11.89 69.04
30 69,8 53,9 67,5 22,2 12,7 11,9 69,0 1.25 31.75 69.85 53.98 67.46 20.62 12.70 11.89 69.85
32 69,8 53,9 67,5 22,2 12,7 11,9 69,0 1.38 34.93 73.03 57.15 70.64 20.62 12.70 11.89 69.85
33 73,0 57,1 70,6 22,2 12,7 11,9 69,0 1.50 38.10 76.20 63.50 76.99 20.62 12.70 11.89 69.85
35 73,0 57,1 70,6 22,2 12,7 11,9 69,0 1.63 41.28 79.38 66.68 80.16 20.62 12.70 11.89 69.85
38 76,2 63,5 77,0 22,2 12,7 11,9 69,0 1.75 44.45 82.55 69.85 83.34 20.62 12.70 11.89 73.03
40 79,3 66,6 80,2 22,2 12,7 11,9 69,0 1.88 47.63 85.73 73.03 89.69 25.40 15.88 11.89 73.03
43 82,5 69,8 83,3 22,2 12,7 11,9 69,0 2.00 50.80 88.90 79.38 98.32 25.40 15.88 11.89 73.03
45 85,7 73,0 89,7 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 2.13 53.98 92.08 79.38 99.21 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
50 88,9 79,3 96,0 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 2.25 57.15 95.25 85.73 102.39 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
53 92,0 79,3 99,2 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 2.38 60.33 98.43 88.90 105.56 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
55 95,2 85,7 102,4 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 2.50 63.50 101.60 92.08 108.74 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
58 98,4 88,9 105,6 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 2.63 66.68 104.78 95.25 111.91 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
60 98,4 88,9 105,6 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 2.75 69.85 107.95 98.43 115.09 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
63 101,6 92,0 108,7 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 2.88 73.03 111.13 101.60 118.26 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
65 104,7 95,2 111,9 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 3.00 76.20 114.30 104.78 119.84 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
68 107,9 98,4 115,1 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 3.13 79.38 117.48 107.95 124.61 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
70 107,9 98,4 115,1 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 3.25 82.55 120.65 111.13 127.79 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
75 114,3 103,3 119,8 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 3.38 85.73 123.83 114.30 130.96 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
80 120,6 111,1 127,8 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 3.50 88.90 127.00 117.48 134.14 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
85 123,9 114,3 131,1 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 3.63 92.08 130.18 120.65 137.31 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
90 130,2 120,7 137,3 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 3.75 95.25 133.35 123.83 140.49 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
95 133,3 123,8 140,5 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 3.88 98.43 136.53 127.00 143.66 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
100 139,7 133,3 150,0 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 4.00 101.60 139.70 130.18 150.01 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
105 142,9 136,5 153,2 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 4.13 104.78 142.88 133.35 153.19 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
110 149,2 142,8 159,5 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 4.25 107.95 146.05 136.53 156.36 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
115 155,5 149,2 165,9 25,4 15,9 15,1 73,0 4.38 111.13 149.23 139.70 159.54 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
4.50 114.30 152.40 142.88 162.71 25.40 15.88 15.06 73.03
Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

100
MULTISPRING SEALS

LMS29 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
COMPONENTS: • System attached to the shaft by allen
1 Rotating contact surface screws
2 Stationary contact surface • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
3a O-rings
3b O-rings
3c O-rings OPERATING LIMITS:
3d O-rings
4 Springs d1= 18 ÷ 100 mm p= 25 kg/cm²
5 Metal frame
5a Set screws v= 20 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
The fact that the springs are not in contact with the
fluid makes this mechanical seal perfect for working
with particle-laden fluids, as it prevents them from
becoming blocked or obstructed.
Its structure and design makes it ideal for vacuum
operations without having to use a retaining ring. It
can be used with a single, tandem-mounted (API52)
or back-to back (API53) mounting system. The O-
ring resting on the shaft is not affected by any axial
movement (changes in pressure) and therefore
produces no wear on the surface of the shaft. Seal
compliant with standard EN 12756 (KU).

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 d5 d6 d7 d8 I5 I6 I1k
18 33 34.7 19.5 39.7 27 33 3 2.0 5 37.5
20 35 36.7 19.5 41.7 29 35 3 2.0 5 37.5
22 37 38.7 19.5 43.7 31 37 3 2.0 5 37.5
24 39 40.7 20.5 45.7 33 39 3 2.0 5 40.0
25 40 41.7 20.5 46.7 34 40 3 2.0 5 40.0
28 43 44.7 21.5 49.7 37 43 3 2.0 5 42.5
30 45 46.7 21.5 51.7 39 45 3 2.0 5 42.5
32 48 49.7 21.5 54.7 42 48 3 2.0 5 42.5
33 48 49.7 21.5 54.7 42 48 3 2.0 5 42.5
35 50 51.7 21.5 56.7 44 50 3 2.0 5 42.5
38 56 57.7 24.0 62.7 49 56 4 2.0 5 45.0
40 58 59.7 24.0 64.7 51 58 4 2.0 5 45.0
43 61 62.7 24.0 67.7 54 61 4 2.0 5 45.0
45 63 64.7 24.0 69.7 56 63 4 2.0 5 45.0
48 66 67.7 24.0 72.7 59 66 4 2.0 5 45.0
50 70 71.7 25.0 76.7 62 70 4 2.5 6 47.5
53 73 74.7 25.0 79.7 65 73 4 2.5 6 47.5
55 75 76.7 25.0 81.7 67 75 4 2.5 6 47.5
58 78 80.5 28.0 85.5 70 78 4 2.5 6 52.5
60 80 82.5 28.0 87.5 72 80 4 2.5 6 52.5
63 83 85.5 28.0 90.5 75 83 4 2.5 6 52.5
65 85 87.5 28.0 92.5 77 85 4 2.5 6 52.5
68 90 92.5 28.0 97.5 81 90 4 2.5 7 52.5
70 92 94.5 34.0 99.5 83 92 4 2.5 7 60.0
75 97 100.5 34.0 105.5 88 97 4 2.5 7 60.0
80 105 108.5 34.0 113.5 95 105 4 3.0 7 60.0
85 110 113.5 34.0 118.5 100 110 4 3.0 7 60.0
90 115 118.5 39.0 123.5 105 115 4 3.0 7 65.0
95 120 123.5 39.0 128.5 110 120 4 3.0 7 65.0
100 125 128.5 39.0 133.5 115 125 4 3.0 7 65.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

101
WAVE SPRING SEALS

LWS10 SECTORS:

COMPONENTS:
1 Rotating contact surface
2 Stationary contact surface CHARACTERISTICS:
3 O-rings
3a O-rings • Unbalanced.
4 Spring • System attached to the shaft by allen
5 Metal frame screws.
5a Set screws
5b Ring • Not dependent on the rotation direction.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 14 ÷ 150 mm p= 10 kg/cm²
v= 20 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Recommended for working with sticky fluids and
fluids laden with particles and fibres. Unlike the
multispring models, the wave spring model cannot
be blocked or obstructed and its open leaf design
produces a self-cleaning effect.
Standard L9 type stationary part.
Seal compliant with standard EN 12756 (KU).
Available with a pumping ring on the casing to re-
duce the temperature between the contact surfaces
and facilitate the barrier fluid movement in the case
of double mounting (reference LWS10-F).
Contact surface kits supplied available.
Tolerance: l1 d1 14...25 mm ± 1.0; 28...63 mm ± 1.5; > 65 mm ± 2.0

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d3f d4f d4 I3 d6 d7 d8 I4 I5 I6 I7 I1 mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 d8 I4 I5 I6 I7 I1
14 25 34 39 30 25.0 21 25 3 10.0 1.5 4 8.5 35.0 105 138 143 47 122.2 134.3 5 20 2 10 -- 67
16 27 36 41 32 25.0 23 27 3 10.0 1.5 4 8.5 35.0 110 143 148 47 128.2 140.3 5 20 2 10 -- 67
18 33 38 43 38 26.0 27 33 3 11.5 2.0 4 9.0 37.5 115 148 153 47 136.2 148.3 5 20 2 10 -- 67
20 35 40 45 40 26.0 29 35 3 11.5 2.0 5 9.0 37.5
120 153 158 47 138.2 150.3 5 20 2 10 -- 67
22 37 42 47 42 26.0 31 37 3 11.5 2.0 5 9.0 37.5
24 39 44 49 44 28.5 33 39 3 11.5 2.0 5 9.0 40.0 125 158 163 47 142.2 154.3 5 20 2 10 -- 67
25 40 45 50 45 28.5 34 40 3 11.5 2.0 5 9.0 40.0 130 163 168 47 146.2 158.3 5 20 2 10 -- 67
28 43 47 52 48 31.0 37 43 3 11.5 2.0 5 9.0 42.5 135 168 173 47 152.2 164.3 5 20 2 10 -- 67
30 45 49 54 50 31.0 39 45 3 11.5 2.0 5 9.0 42.5 140 173 178 47 156.2 168.3 5 20 2 10 -- 67
32 47 51 56 52 31.0 42 48 3 11.5 2.0 5 9.0 42.5 145 178 183 47 161.2 173.3 5 20 2 10 -- 67
33 48 51 56 53 31.0 42 48 3 11.5 2.0 5 9.0 42.5
150 183 189 47 168.2 180.3 5 22 2 10 -- 69
35 50 54 59 55 31.0 44 50 3 11.5 2.0 5 9.0 42.5
38 55 59 64 60 31.0 49 56 4 14.0 2.0 6 9.0 45.0 * Multispring design manufacture for d1>100 mm.
40 57 61 66 62 31.0 51 58 4 14.0 2.0 6 9.0 45.0
43 60 65 70 65 31.0 54 61 4 14.0 2.0 6 9.0 45.0
45 62 66 71 67 31.0 56 63 4 14.0 2.0 6 9.0 45.0
48 65 69 74 70 31.0 59 66 4 14.0 2.0 6 9.0 45.0
50 67 71 76 72 32.5 62 70 4 15.0 2.5 6 9.0 47.5
53 70 75 80 75 32.5 65 73 4 15.0 2.5 6 9.0 47.5
55 72 76 81 77 32.5 67 75 4 15.0 2.5 6 9.0 47.5
58 79 83 88 84 37.5 70 78 4 15.0 2.5 6 9.0 52.5
60 81 85 90 86 37.5 72 80 4 15.0 2.5 6 9.0 52.5
63 84 88 93 89 37.5 75 83 4 15.0 2.5 6 9.0 52.5
65 86 95 100 91 37.5 77 85 4 15.0 2.5 6 9.0 52.5
68 89 93 98 94 34.5 81 90 4 18.0 2.5 7 9.0 52.5
70 91 95 100 96 42.0 83 92 4 18.0 2.5 7 9.0 60.0
75 99 105 110 104 42.0 88 97 4 18.0 2.5 7 9.0 60.0
80 104 109 114 109 41.8 95 105 4 18.2 3.0 7 9.0 60.0
85 109 114 119 114 41.8 100 110 4 18.2 3.0 7 9.0 60.0
90 114 119 124 119 46.8 105 115 4 18.2 3.0 7 9.0 65.0
95 119 124 129 124 47.8 110 120 4 17.2 3.0 7 9.0 65.0
100 124 129 134 129 47.8 115 125 4 17.2 3.0 7 9.0 65.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

102
WAVE SPRING SEALS

LWS10B SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
COMPONENTS: • System attached to the shaft by allen
1 Rotating contact surface screws.
2 Stationary contact surface • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
3 O-rings
3a O-rings
4 Spring OPERATING LIMITS:
5 Metal frame
5a Set screws d1= 14 ÷ 100 mm p= 25 kg/cm²
5b Ring
v= 20 m/s t= -50÷ +220oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
The balanced contact surface design allows the
mechanical seal to be used in applications with high
pressures without suffering premature wear. Recom-
mended for working with sticky fluids and fluids la-
den with particles and fibres. Unlike the multispring
models, the wave spring model cannot be blocked or
obstructed and its open leaf design produces a self-
cleaning effect. Standard L9 type fixed stationary
part, standardised seal, compliant with EN 12756
(KB).
The casing can incorporate a pumping ring to re-
duce the temperature between the contact surfaces
and facilitate the barrier fluid movement in the case
of double mounting (reference LWS10B-F).

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

d1 d2 d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 d8 I2 I4 I6 I1K
14 18 33 37 32.5 21 25 3 18 10.0 9 42.5
16 20 35 39 32.5 23 27 3 18 10.0 9 42.5
18 22 37 41 33.5 27 33 3 20 11.5 9 45.0
20 24 39 43 33.5 29 35 3 20 11.5 9 45.0
22 26 41 45 33.5 31 37 3 20 11.5 9 45.0
24 28 43 47 36.0 33 39 3 20 11.5 9 47.5
25 30 45 49 36.0 34 40 3 20 11.5 9 47.5
28 33 48 52 38.5 37 43 3 20 11.5 9 50.0
30 35 50 54 38.5 39 45 3 20 11.5 9 50.0
32 38 55 59 38.5 42 48 3 20 11.5 9 50.0
33 38 55 59 38.5 42 48 3 20 11.5 9 50.0
35 40 57 61 38.5 44 50 3 20 11.5 9 50.0
38 43 60 64 38.5 49 56 4 23 14.0 10 52.5
40 45 62 66 38.5 51 58 4 23 14.0 10 52.5
43 48 65 69 38.5 54 61 4 23 14.0 10 52.5
45 50 67 71 38.5 56 63 4 23 14.0 10 52.5
48 53 70 74 38.5 59 66 4 23 14.0 10 52.5
50 55 72 76 42.5 62 70 4 25 15.0 11 57.5
53 58 79 83 42.5 65 73 4 25 15.0 11 57.5
55 60 81 85 42.5 67 75 4 25 15.0 11 57.5
58 63 84 88 47.5 70 78 4 25 15.0 11 62.5
60 65 86 90 47.5 72 80 4 25 15.0 11 62.5
63 68 89 93 47.5 77 83 4 25 15.0 11 62.5
65 70 91 95 47.5 75 85 4 25 15.0 11 62.5
70 75 99 103 52.0 83 92 4 28 18.0 12 70.0
75 80 104 108 52.0 88 97 4 28 18.0 12 70.0
80 85 109 113 51.8 95 105 4 28 18.2 13 70.0
85 90 114 118 56.8 100 110 4 28 18.2 13 75.0
90 95 119 123 56.8 105 115 4 28 18.2 13 75.0
95 100 124 128 57.8 110 120 4 28 17.2 13 75.0
100 105 129 133 57.8 115 125 4 28 17.2 13 75.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

103
WAVE SPRING SEALS

LWS12 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • System attached to the shaft by allen
1 Rotating contact surface screws.
2 Stationary contact surface • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
3 O-rings
3a O-rings
4 Spring OPERATING LIMITS:
5 Set screws
5a Metal frame d1= 20 ÷ 100 mm p= 10 kg/cm²
v= 20 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Its mounting dimensions make it a perfect seal for
installing in small spaces. The wave spring is not
blocked or obstructed when working with fluids laden
with particles and fibres, or viscous fluids.
Standard L1 DIN stationary part.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 d8 I4 I5 I6 I1
20 31 36 20.5 29 35 3 10.0 2.0 5 30.5
22 33 38 20.5 31 37 3 10.0 2.0 5 30.5
24 36 41 22.5 33 39 3 10.0 2.0 5 32.5
25 39 44 23.5 34 40 3 10.0 2.0 5 33.5
28 42 47 23.5 37 43 3 10.0 2.0 5 33.5
30 44 49 24.5 39 45 3 10.0 2.0 5 34.5
32 46 51 24.5 42 48 3 10.0 2.0 5 34.5
33 47 52 24.5 42 48 3 10.0 2.0 5 34.5
35 49 54 24.5 44 50 3 10.0 2.0 5 34.5
38 53 58 27.0 49 56 4 11.0 2.0 6 38.0
40 55 60 28.0 51 58 4 11.0 2.0 6 39.0
43 58 63 28.0 54 61 4 11.0 2.0 6 39.0
45 60 65 28.0 56 63 4 11.0 2.0 6 39.0
48 63 68 28.0 59 66 4 11.0 2.0 6 39.0
50 66 71 27.0 62 70 4 13.0 2.5 6 39.0
53 69 74 27.0 65 73 4 13.0 2.5 6 39.0
55 71 76 27.0 67 75 4 13.0 2.5 6 39.0
58 77 82 29.0 70 78 4 13.0 2.5 6 42.0
60 79 84 29.0 72 80 4 13.0 2.5 6 42.0
63 82 87 32.0 75 83 4 13.0 2.5 6 45.0
65 84 89 32.0 77 85 4 13.0 2.5 6 45.0
68 87 92 33.5 81 90 4 15.0 2.5 7 48.5
70 89 94 32.0 83 92 4 15.0 2.5 7 47.0
75 94 99 32.0 88 97 4 15.0 2.5 7 47.0
80 100 105 32.5 95 105 4 15.5 3.0 7 48.0
85 105 110 32.5 100 110 4 15.5 3.0 7 48.0
90 112 117 38.5 105 115 4 15.5 3.0 7 54.0
95 117 122 38.5 110 120 4 15.5 3.0 7 54.0
100 122 127 38.5 115 125 4 15.5 3.0 7 54.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

104
WAVE SPRING SEALS

LWS30 / LWS30A SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
COMPONENTS: • System attached to the shaft by allen
1 Rotating contact surface screws.
2 Stationary contact surface • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
3a O-rings
3b O-rings
3c O-rings OPERATING LIMITS:
4 Spring
5 Metal frame d1= 18 ÷ 100 mm p= 35 kg/cm²
5a Set screws
v= 20 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
The wave spring is protected from the fluid. Ideal for
using in cleaning processes since the possibility of
particles adhering to the seal is considerably redu-
ced.
Internally balanced, with no need for a stepped shaft
(LWS10B). Suitable for working in applications with
high pressures. The O-ring resting on the shaft does
not cause wear as there is no axial movement (chan-
ges in pressure).
Seal compliant with standard EN 12756 (KU).
TYPE LWS30 TYPE LWS30A Standard L16 type stationary part (LWS30).

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 I3A I9 d6 d7 d8 I4 I4A I5 I6 I7 I1
18 32 34 30.5 28.5 3.0 27 33 3 7.0 9.0 2.0 4 8.5 37.5
20 34 36 30.5 28.5 3.0 29 35 3 7.0 9.0 2.0 5 8.5 37.5
22 36 38 30.5 28.5 3.0 31 37 3 7.0 9.0 2.0 5 9.0 37.5
24 38 40 33.0 31.0 3.5 33 39 3 7.0 9.0 2.0 5 9.0 40.0
25 39 41 33.0 31.0 3.5 34 40 3 7.0 9.0 2.0 5 9.0 40.0
28 42 44 35.5 33.0 3.5 37 43 3 7.0 9.5 2.0 5 9.0 42.5
30 44 46 35.5 33.0 3.5 39 45 3 7.0 9.5 2.0 5 9.0 42.5
32 47 48 35.5 33.0 3.5 42 48 3 7.0 9.5 2.0 5 9.0 42.5
33 47 49 35.5 33.0 3.5 42 48 3 7.0 9.5 2.0 5 9.0 42.5
35 49 51 35.5 33.0 3.5 44 50 3 7.0 9.5 2.0 5 9.0 42.5
38 54 58 37.0 34.5 4.0 49 56 4 8.0 10.5 2.0 6 9.0 45.0
40 56 60 37.0 34.5 4.0 51 58 4 8.0 10.5 2.0 6 9.0 45.0
43 59 63 37.0 34.5 4.0 54 61 4 8.0 10.5 2.0 6 9.0 45.0
45 61 65 37.0 34.5 4.0 56 63 4 8.0 10.5 2.0 6 9.0 45.0
48 64 68 37.0 34.5 4.0 59 66 4 8.0 10.5 2.0 6 9.0 45.0
50 66 70 38.0 35.5 4.5 62 70 4 9.5 12.0 2.5 6 9.0 47.5
53 69 73 38.0 35.5 4.5 65 73 4 9.5 12.0 2.5 6 9.0 47.5
55 71 75 38.0 35.5 4.5 67 75 4 9.5 12.0 2.5 6 9.0 47.5
58 78 83 42.0 39.5 4.5 70 78 4 10.5 13.0 2.5 6 9.0 52.5
60 80 85 42.0 39.5 4.5 72 80 4 10.5 13.0 2.5 6 9.0 52.5
63 83 88 42.0 39.5 4.5 75 83 4 10.5 13.0 2.5 6 9.0 52.5
65 85 90 42.0 39.5 4.5 77 85 4 10.5 13.0 2.5 6 9.0 52.5
68 88 93 41.5 39.0 4.5 81 90 4 11.0 13.5 2.5 7 9.0 52.5
70 90 95 48.5 46.0 5.0 83 92 4 11.5 14.0 2.5 7 9.0 60.0
75 99 104 48.5 46.0 5.5 88 97 4 11.5 14.0 2.5 7 9.0 60.0
80 104 109 48.5 46.0 5.5 95 105 4 11.5 14.0 3.0 7 9.0 60.0
85 109 114 48.5 46.0 5.5 100 110 4 11.5 14.0 3.0 7 9.0 60.0
90 114 119 52.0 49.5 5.5 105 115 4 13.0 15.5 3.0 7 9.0 65.0
95 119 124 52.0 49.5 5.5 110 120 4 13.0 15.5 3.0 7 9.0 65.0
100 124 129 52.0 49.5 5.5 115 125 4 13.0 15.5 3.0 7 9.0 65.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

105
WAVE SPRING SEALS

LWS31 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
COMPONENTS: • Shaft fixing system WITHOUT screws.
1 Rotating contact surface • Sentido rotación independiente.
2 Stationary contact surface
3a O-rings
3b O-rings OPERATING LIMITS:
3c Elastomeric cup
3d Elastomeric cup d1= 20 ÷ 35 mm p= 35 kg/cm²
4 Springs
5 Metal frame v= 20 m/s t= -40÷ +150oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
A wave spring mechanical seal in which the spring is
isolated and protected from the product. Its hygienic
design reduces the likelihood of traces of product
being deposited on its surface, thereby eliminating
the risk of contamination.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimension in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d2 d3 I4 I2 I3 d6 d7 I4 I1
20 13.5 34 39 23 29 29 35 8.5 37.5
25 18.5 39 44 24.5 31.5 34 40 8.5 40
35 22.5 49 54 26 34 44 50 8.5 42.5
40 26 56 61 27.5 34.5 51 58 10.5 45
Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

106
WAVE SPRING SEALS

LWS70 / LWS71 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • System attached to the shaft by Allen
1 Rotating contact surface screws.
2 Stationary contact surface • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
3 O-rings
3a O-rings
4 Spring OPERATING LIMITS:
5 Metal frame
5a Set screws d1= 15.8 ÷ 100 mm p= 10 kg/cm²
5b Coupling pin
v= 15 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
This mechanical seal is designed for internal and
external mounting. Its small mounting size makes
it ideal for using in lobe pumps. The wave spring
cannot be blocked or obstructed when working with
fluids laden with particles, sticky or viscous fluids.
The fact that the rotating part of the mechanical seal
is made of stainless steel (the most habitual combi-
nation) makes it a resistant, robust seal.

TYPE LWS70 TYPE LWS71

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
LWS70 LWS71
(mm) d3 d4 I3
d7 I4 I1 d6 d7 d8 I4 I6 I1
15,8 27 30 19,1 28,5 6,3 25,4 - - - - - -
16 27 31 19,1 28,5 6,3 25,4 21 27 3 8,6 7 27,7
18 29 33 19,1 - - - 27 33 3 10 9 29,1
19,1 30 33 19,1 31,7 6,3 25,4 - - - - - -
20 32 36 19,1 - - - 29 35 3 10 9 29,1
22 34 38 19,1 - - - 31 37 3 10 9 29,1
24 34 38 19,1 35,4 7,6 26,7 33 39 3 10 9 29,1
25 35 39 19,1 - - - 34 40 3 10 9 29,1
28 40 44 19,1 42 7,6 26,7 37 43 3 10 9 29,1
28,6 39,5 42,5 19,1 41,2 7,6 26,7 - - - - - -
30 41 45 19,1 42,7 7,6 26,7 39 45 3 10 9 29,1
31,7 42,4 45,4 19,1 44,2 7,6 26,7 - - - - - -
32 43 47 19,1 44,4 7,6 26,7 42 48 3 10 9 29,1
33 44 48 19,1 - - - 42 48 3 10 9 29,1
35 46 50 19,1 47,6 7,6 26,7 44 50 3 10 9 29,1
38 52 56 21,1 53,9 8,1 29,2 49 56 4 11 10 32,1
40 55 59 21,1 - - - 51 58 4 11 10 32,1
43 58 62 21,1 - - - 54 61 4 11 10 32,1
44,4 58,2 61,2 21,1 60,3 8,1 29,2 - - - - - -
45 60 64 21,1 - - - 56 63 4 11 10 32,1
47,6 61,4 64,4 21,1 63,5 8,1 29,2 - - - - - -
48 62 66 21,1 - - - 59 66 4 11 10 32,1
50 62 66 21,1 63,9 8,1 29,2 62 70 4 13 11 34,1
50,8 64,6 67,6 22,1 66,6 9,6 31,7 - - - - - -
53 71 75 22,1 - - - 65 73 4 13 11 35,1
53,9 71 74 22,1 73 9,6 31,7 - - - - - -
54 71 74 22,1 73,9 9,6 31,7 - - - - - -
54,6 72 75 22,1 75 9,6 31,7 - - - - - -
55 72 76 22,1 75 9,6 31,7 67 75 4 13 11 35,1
58 78 82 25,8 - - - 70 78 4 13 11 38,8
60 79 83 25,8 - - - 72 80 4 13 11 38,8
63 79,3 82,3 25,8 83 9,1 34,9 75 83 4 13 11 38,8
63,5 79,3 82,3 25,8 88,9 9,1 34,9 - - - - - -
65 87 91 25,8 - - - 77 85 4 13 11 38,8
68 89 93 25,8 - - - 81 90 4 15,3 12 41,1
69,8 88,9 91,9 25,8 95,2 9,1 34,9 - - - - - -
70 89 93 25,8 - - - 83 92 4 15,3 12 41,1
73 94 97 25,8 98,4 9,1 34,9 - - - - - -
75 96 100 25,8 100,4 9,1 34,9 88 97 4 15,3 12 41,1
76,2 96,9 99,9 25,8 101,6 9,1 34,9 - - - - - -
80 101 105 25,8 104 9,1 34,9 95 105 4 15,7 13 41,5
85 108 112 25,8 - - - 100 110 4 15,7 13 41,5
90 113 117 25,8 - - - 105 115 4 15,7 13 41,5
95 116 120 25,8 125 9,1 34,9 110 120 4 15,7 13 41,5
100 121 125 25,8 130 9,1 34,9 115 125 4 15,7 13 41,5

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

107
AXIAL SPRING SEALS: CONICAL

FH / FHC SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • Single conical spring.
1 Rotating contact surface • Dependent on the rotation direction.
2 Stationary contact surface • Exchangeable contact surfaces.
3 O-rings
3a O-rings OPERATING LIMITS:
3b O-rings
3T PTFE wedge d1= 10 ÷ 100 mm p= 10 kg/cm²
3Ta PTFE gasket
4 Spring v= 20 m/s t= -20÷ +200oC (*)
5 Metal frame
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
A general-purpose single, robust seal in which the
contact surfaces can be exchanged with each other.
It can be used in industrial applications for clean
fluids with low viscosities or with a low content of
suspended solids that tend to produced sediments or
adhere to the seal.
Types:
FH6: secondary seals made of PTFE.
TYPE FH TYPE FH PTFE FHC: same structure as FH but the length is I3C.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 I3C* d6 d7 I4 I5 I6 I1
10 20 22 20 15 14.0 18.1 5.5 1.2 3 25.5
12 22 25 22 18 16.5 20.6 5.5 1.2 3 27.5
14 25 28 27 22 19.0 23.1 6.0 1.2 3 33.0
15 29 32 27 22 21.0 26.9 7.0 1.5 4 34.0
16 29 32 28 23 21.0 26.9 7.0 1.5 4 35.0
18 33 36 30 24 25.0 30.9 8.0 1.5 4 38.0
20 33 36 30 25 25.0 30.9 8.0 1.5 4 38.0
22 38 41 30 25 30.0 35.4 8.0 2.0 4 38.0
24 38 41 32 27 30.0 35.4 8.0 2.0 4 40.0
25 40 45 33 27 33.0 38.2 8.5 2.0 4 41.5
26 40 45 33 27 33.0 38.2 8.5 2.0 4 41.5
28 46 50 36 29 38.0 43.3 9.0 2.0 4 45.0
30 46 50 37 30 38.0 43.3 9.0 2.0 4 46.0
32 46 50 37 30 38.0 43.3 9.0 2.0 4 46.0
34 56 62 48 39 45.0 53.5 11.5 2.0 6 59.5
35 56 62 48 39 45.0 53.5 11.5 2.0 6 59.5
36 56 62 48 39 45.0 53.5 11.5 2.0 6 59.5
38 63 70 48 39 52.0 60.5 11.5 2.0 6 59.5
40 63 70 48 39 52.0 60.5 11.5 2.0 6 59.5
42 63 70 48 39 52.0 60.5 11.5 2.0 6 59.5
43 63 70 48 41 52.0 60.5 11.5 2.0 6 59.5
45 69 75 51 41 57.0 65.5 11.5 2.0 6 62.5
48 69 75 51 41 57.0 65.5 11.5 2.0 6 62.5
50 76 83 55 45 64.0 72.5 11.5 2.0 6 66.5
55 76 83 57 47 64.0 72.5 11.5 2.0 6 68.5
60 84 90 61 49 72.0 79.3 11.5 2.0 6 72.5
65 89 96 63 51 77.0 84.5 11.5 2.0 6 74.5
70 94 101 63 51 82.0 89.5 11.5 2.0 6 74.5
75 100 106 68 57 87.0 94.5 11.5 2.0 6 79.5
80 105 111 70 59 92.0 99.5 11.5 2.0 6 81.5
85 115 125 72 59 98.0 105.5 13.5 2.5 6 85.5
90 120 132 75 62 105 111.5 13.5 2.5 6 88.5
95 126 137 75 62 110 116.5 13.5 2.5 6 88.5
100 130 143 85 75 114 119.5 13.5 2.5 6 98.5

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

108
AXIAL SPRING SEALS: CONICAL

FN / LS15 and FN.NU / LS15DIN SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • Single conical spring.
1 Rotating contact surface • Dependent on the rotation direction.
2 Stationary contact surface
3 O-rings
3a O-rings OPERATING LIMITS:
3b O-rings
4 Spring d1= 10 ÷ 40 mm p= 10 kg/cm²
5 Metal frame
A Spacer not provided with the seal v= 20 m/s t= -20÷ +180oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
An all-purpose mechanical seal.
A single seal with a versatile design that can be used
in applications with low demands: for pumping indus-
trial wastewater and for household use.
Seal compliant with standard EN 12756 (NU).

DIMENSIONS CHART FN / LS15 DIMENSIONS CHART FN.NU / LS15DIN


Dimensions in mm Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I5 I6 I1 mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I5 I6 I1N I1
10 19.5 22 15 14.0 18.1 5.5 1.2 3 20.5 10 20.0 22 15 17 21 7 1.5 4 40 22
11 22.0 25 18 16.5 20.6 5.5 1.2 3 23.5 12 22.0 25 18 19 23 7 1.5 4 40 25
12 22.8 25 18 16.5 20.6 5.5 1.2 3 23.5 14 24.0 28 22 21 25 7 1.5 4 40 29
13 25.0 28 22 19.0 23.1 6.0 1.2 3 28.0 16 26.0 32 23 23 27 7 1.5 4 40 30
14 25.0 28 22 19.0 23.1 6.0 1.2 3 28.0 18 32.0 36 24 27 33 10 2.0 4 45 34
15 28.6 32 22 21.0 26.9 7.0 1.5 4 29.0 20 33.0 36 25 29 35 10 2.0 5 45 35
16 28.6 32 23 21.0 26.9 7.0 1.5 4 30.0 22 36.0 42 25 31 37 10 2.0 5 45 35
17 28.6 32 23 21.0 26.9 7.0 1.5 4 30.0 24 37.4 42 27 33 39 10 2.0 5 50 37
18 32.7 36 24 25.0 30.9 8.0 1.5 4 32.0 25 38.0 45 27 34 40 10 2.0 5 50 37
19 32.7 36 25 25.0 30.9 8.0 1.5 4 33.0 28 42.0 51 29 37 43 10 2.0 5 50 39
20 32.7 36 25 25.0 30.9 8.0 1.5 4 33.0 30 44.0 51 30 39 45 10 2.0 5 50 40
21 37.4 42 25 30.0 35.4 8.0 1.5 4 33.0 32 45.5 51 30 42 48 10 2.0 5 55 40
22 37.4 42 25 30.0 35.4 8.0 2.0 4 33.0 33 46.5 51 39 42 48 10 2.0 5 55 49
24 37.4 42 27 30.0 35.4 8.0 2.0 4 35.0 35 49.0 55 39 44 50 10 2.0 5 55 49
25 40.0 45 27 33.0 38.2 8.5 2.0 4 35.5 38 56.0 68 42 49 56 13 2.0 6 55 55
28 45.5 51 29 38.0 43.3 9.0 2.0 4 38.0 40 58.0 68 42 51 58 13 2.0 6 55 55
30 45.5 51 30 38.0 43.3 9.0 2.0 4 39.0
32 45.5 51 30 38.0 43.3 9.0 2.0 4 39.0
35 50.0 55 39 45.0 53.5 11.5 2.0 6 50.5
38 56.0 68 39 52.0 60.5 11.5 2.0 6 50.5
40 58.0 68 39 52.0 60.5 11.5 2.0 6 50.5

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

109
AXIAL SPRING SEALS: CONICAL

LS18 / LS19 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • Single conical spring.
1 Rotating contact surface • Dependent on the rotation direction.
3 O-rings
4 Spring
5 Metal frame
OPERATING LIMITS:
5a Ring d1= 10 ÷ 80 mm p= 10 kg/cm²
v= 20 m/s t= -20÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Single mechanical seal with an extremely versatile
and functional design. The rotating part of the seal
can be combined with a large variety of stationary
parts, which offers a wide range of combinations.
Its structure allows secondary seals made of differ-
ent materials to be used: FKM, Aflas®, FFKM, FEP,
NBR, HNBR and materials complying with special
standards such as FDA, USP, EC, etc.

This seal may be supplied with any of the station-


ary parts shown in pages 56 and 58.
Type LS18: Working length of rotating part l3.
Type LS19: Working length of rotating part l21.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part

mm d3 d4 I3 I21
10 19 24 15,5 15,5
12 21 26 16 15,5
14 23 28 16,5 15,5
15 24 29 - 15,5
16 26 31 18 17,5
18 29 34 19,5 18,5
20 31 36 22 20
22 33 38 21,5 21,5
24 35 40 23,5 23
25 36 41 26,5 24,5
26 37 42 - 24,5
28 40 45 26,5 24,5
30 43 48 26,5 24,5
32 46 51 28,5 28
33 47 52 28,5 -
35 49 54 28,5 28
38 53 58 33,5 31
40 56 61 36 34
42 59 64 - 35
43 59 64 38,5 -
45 61 66 39,5 36,5
48 64 69 46 42
50 66 71 45 43
53 69 74 47 -
55 71 76 49 47
58 76 81 55 50
60 78 83 55 51
63 83 88 55 -
65 84 89 55 52
68 88 93 55 53
70 90 95 57 54
75 98 103 62 55
80 100 105 61,8 58

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

110
AXIAL SPRING SEALS: CONICAL

LS18B SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
COMPONENTS: • Single conical spring.
1 Rotating contact surface
• Dependent on the rotation direction.
2 Stationary contact surface
3 O-rings OPERATING LIMITS:
3a O-rings
4 Spring d1= 10 ÷ 80 mm p= 25 kg/cm²
5 Metal frame
v= 15 m/s t= -20÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
This mechanical seal has an extremely versatile and
functional design and is suitable for working at pres-
sures of up to 25 kg/cm2.
The rotating part of the seal can be combined with a
large variety of stationary parts, which offers a wide
range of combinations.
Its structure allows secondary seals made of diffe-
rent materials to be used: FKM, Aflas®, FFKM, FEP,
NBR, HNBR and materials complying with special
standards such as FDA, USP, EC 1935/2004, etc.

This seal may be supplied with any of the statio-


nary parts shown in pages 56 and 58.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part

mm d2 d3 d4 I3
10 14 24 29 25.5
12 16 26 31 26.5
14 18 31 36 29.5
16 20 34 39 31.0
18 22 36 41 32.5
20 24 38 43 32.5
22 26 40 45 32.5
24 28 42 47 32.5
25 30 44 49 33.5
28 33 47 52 35.5
30 35 49 54 35.5
32 38 54 59 39.5
33 38 54 59 39.5
35 40 56 61 43.5
38 43 59 64 46.0
40 45 61 66 48.0
43 48 64 69 51.0
45 50 66 71 55.0
48 53 69 74 55.0
50 55 71 76 58.0
53 58 78 83 60.0
55 60 79 84 60.0
58 63 83 88 60.0
60 65 85 90 60.0
63 68 88 93 60.0
65 70 90 95 61.0
70 75 98 103 63.0
75 80 103 108 68.0
80 85 109 114 68.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

111
AXIAL SPRING SEALS: CONICAL

LS60IL / LS60IN SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
COMPONENTS: • Unbalanced.
1 Rotating contact surface • Single conical spring.
2 Stationary contact surface • Dependent on the rotation direction.
3 O-rings
3a O-rings
4 Spring OPERATING LIMITS:
5 Metal frame
d1= 20 ÷ 100 mm p= 10 kg/cm²
v= 20 m/s t= -40÷ +180oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
A versatile, robust single seal that is widely used
in many different industrial and household applica-
tions.

TYPE LS60 IL TYPE LS60 IN

DIMENSIONS CHART LS60IL DIMENSIONS CHART LS60IN


Dimensions in mm Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 (“) mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I1

18 29 32 19,5 0,875 22,22 34,00 46,00 25,50 29,00 37,30 10,00 35,50
25 36 42,6 25 1,00 25,24 37,00 50,00 24,90 32,00 40,50 10,60 35,50
30 43 52 27
1,25 31,75 45,00 62,00 33,50 39,00 50,80 11,50 45,00
35 49 58,4 30
40 56 64,6 34
48 64 72,5 34
50 68 84,5 35,5
65 86 97 40
70 89,6 92 56
80 100 116 50

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

112
AXIAL SPRING SEALS: CONICAL

RN / LS60 and RN.NU / LS60DIN SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • Single conical spring.
1 Rotating contact surface • Dependent on the rotation direction.
2 Stationary contact surface
3 O-rings
3a O-rings OPERATING LIMITS:
4 Spring
5 Metal frame d1= 10 ÷ 140 mm p= 10 kg/cm²
A Spacer not provided with the seal
v= 20 m/s t= -20÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
A versatile, robust single seal that is widely used
in many different industrial and household applica-
tions. The rotating part, with a compact design, only
permits the use of secondary seals made of elastic
materials. If it should be necessary to use secondary
seals made of PTFE for reasons related to tempera-
ture, the RN6 model is recommended.
Types:
RN6 and RN6 DIN: Secondary seals made of PTFE
and contact surfaces in GB.
RN.NU / LS60DIN: standardised models in accordan-
ce with EN 12756 NU.

DIMENSIONS CHART RN / LS60 DIMENSIONS CHART RN.NU / LS60DIN


Dimensions in mm Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I5 I6 I1 mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I5 I6 I1N I1
10 19.0 23.0 15 14.0 18.1 5.5 1.2 3 20.5 10 19.0 22 15 17 21 7 1.5 4 40 22
11 21.0 25.0 18 16.5 20.6 5.5 1.2 3 23.5
12 21.0 25.0 18 16.5 20.6 5.5 1.2 3 23.5 12 21.0 24 18 19 23 7 1.5 4 40 25
13 23.0 27.0 22 19.0 23.1 6.0 1.2 3 28.0 14 23.0 26 22 21 25 7 1.5 4 40 29
14 23.0 27.0 22 19.0 23.1 6.0 1.2 3 28.0
15 24.0 28.0 22 21.0 26.9 7.0 1.5 4 29.0 16 26.0 28 23 23 27 7 1.5 4 40 30
16 26.0 30.0 23 21.0 26.9 7.0 1.5 4 30.0 18 29.0 34 24 27 33 10 2.0 4 45 34
17 26.0 30.0 23 21.0 26.9 7.0 1.5 4 30.0 20 31.0 36 25 29 35 10 2.0 5 45 35
18 29.0 33.0 24 25.0 30.9 8.0 1.5 4 32.0
19 31.0 35.0 25 25.0 30.9 8.0 1.5 4 33.0 22 33.0 38 25 31 37 10 2.0 5 45 35
20 31.0 35.0 25 25.0 30.9 8.0 1.5 4 33.0 24 35.0 40 27 33 39 10 2.0 5 50 37
21 33.0 37.0 25 30.0 35.4 8.0 2.0 4 33.0
22 33.0 37.0 25 30.0 35.4 8.0 2.0 4 33.0 25 36.0 41 27 34 40 10 2.0 5 50 37
23 35.0 39.0 27 30.0 35.4 8.0 2.0 4 35.0 28 40.0 44 29 37 43 10 2.0 5 50 39
24 35.0 39.0 27 30.0 35.4 8.0 2.0 4 35.0 30 43.0 46 30 39 45 10 2.0 5 50 40
25 36.0 40.0 27 33.0 38.2 8.5 2.0 4 35.5
26 36.0 40.0 27 33.0 38.2 8.5 2.0 4 35.5 32 46.0 48 30 42 48 10 2.0 5 55 40
27 36.0 40.0 27 33.0 38.2 8.5 2.0 4 35.5 33 46.0 49 39 42 48 10 2.0 5 55 49
28 40.0 44.0 29 38.0 43.3 9.0 2.0 4 38.0
29 43.0 47.0 30 38.0 43.3 9.0 2.0 4 39.0 35 49.0 51 39 44 50 10 2.0 5 55 49
30 43.0 47.0 30 38.0 43.3 9.0 2.0 4 39.0 38 53.0 58 42 49 56 13 2.0 6 55 55
31 46.0 50.0 30 38.0 43.3 9.0 2.0 4 39.0 40 56.0 60 42 51 58 13 2.0 6 55 55
32 46.0 50.0 30 38.0 43.3 9.0 2.0 4 39.0
33 46.0 50.0 39 45.0 53.5 11.5 2.0 6 50.5 43 59.0 63 47 54 61 13 2.0 6 60 60
34 49.0 53.0 39 45.0 53.5 11.5 2.0 6 50.5 45 61.0 65 47 56 63 13 2.0 6 60 60
35 49.0 53.0 39 45.0 53.5 11.5 2.0 6 50.5
36 49.0 53.0 39 45.0 53.5 11.5 2.0 6 50.5 48 64.0 68 47 59 66 13 2.0 6 60 60
37 49.0 53.0 39 45.0 53.5 11.5 2.0 6 50.5 50 66.0 70 46 62 70 14 2.5 6 60 60
38 53.0 57.0 39 52.0 60.5 11.5 2.0 6 50.5 53 69.0 73 56 65 73 14 2.5 6 70 70
39 56.0 60.0 39 52.0 60.5 11.5 2.0 6 50.5
40 56.0 60.0 39 52.0 60.5 11.5 2.0 6 50.5 55 71.0 75 56 67 75 14 2.5 6 70 70
41 56.0 60.0 39 52.0 60.5 11.5 2.0 6 50.5 58 76.0 83 56 70 78 14 2.5 6 70 70
42 59.0 63.0 39 52.0 60.5 11.5 2.0 6 50.5
43 59.0 63.0 41 57.0 60.5 11.5 2.0 6 52.5 60 78.0 85 56 72 80 14 2.5 6 70 70
44 60.0 64.0 41 57.0 65.5 11.5 2.0 6 52.5 63 81.0 88 56 75 83 14 2.5 6 70 70
45 61.0 65.0 41 57.0 65.5 11.5 2.0 6 52.5
46 61.0 65.0 41 57.0 65.5 11.5 2.0 6 52.5 65 84.0 90 66 77 85 14 2.5 6 80 80
47 64.0 68.0 41 57.0 65.5 11.5 2.0 6 52.5 68 88.0 93 64 81 90 16 2.5 7 80 80
48 64.0 68.0 41 57.0 65.5 11.5 2.0 6 52.5 70 89.6 95 64 83 92 16 2.5 7 80 80
49 64.0 68.0 41 57.0 65.5 11.5 2.0 6 52.5
50 66.0 70.0 45 64.0 72.5 11.5 2.0 6 56.5 75 98.0 104 64 88 97 16 2.5 7 80 80
55 71.0 75.0 47 64.0 72.5 11.5 2.0 6 58.5 80 100.0 109 72 95 105 18 3.0 7 90 90
60 78.0 82.0 49 72.0 79.3 11.5 2.0 6 60.5
65 84.0 88.0 51 77.0 84.5 11.5 2.0 6 62.5 85 107.5 114 72 100 110 18 3.0 7 90 90
70 89.6 93.6 51 82.0 89.5 11.5 2.0 6 62.5 90 111.0 119 72 105 115 18 3.0 7 90 90
75 98.0 102.0 57 87.0 94.5 11.5 2.0 6 68.5 95 119.0 124 72 110 120 18 3.0 7 90 90
80 100.0 104.0 59 92.0 99.5 11.5 2.0 6 70.5
85 107.5 111.5 59 98.0 105.5 13.5 2.5 6 72.5 100 123.8 129 72 115 125 18 3.0 7 90 90
90 111.0 115.0 62 105.0 111.5 13.5 2.5 6 75.5
Medidas
95 sujetas
119.0 a variaciones
123.0 o modificaciones.
62 110.0 116.5 13.5 2.5 6 75.5
100 123.8 127.8 75 114.0 119.5 13.5 2.5 6 88.5
110 136.0 140.0 75 124.0 132.2 17.5 4.0 7 92.5
120 148.0 152.0 85 134.0 142.2 17.5 4.0 7 102.5
130 160.0 164.0 95 145.0 153.2 17.5 4.0 7 112.5
135 166.0 170.0 95 152.0 161.2 18.5 4.0 7 113.5
140 171.0 175.0 100 157.0 164.3 18.5 4.0 7 118.5

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

113
AXIAL SPRING SEALS: CONICAL

RNB / LS60B and RN.NB / LS60BDIN SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
COMPONENTS: • Single conical spring.
1 Rotating contact surface • Dependent on the rotation direction.
2 Stationary contact surface
3 O-rings
3a O-rings
OPERATING LIMITS:
4 Spring
5 Metal frame
d1= 10 ÷ 100 mm p= 50 kg/cm²
v= 20 m/s t= -20÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
A versatile, robust single seal that is widely used in
many different industrial and household applications.
Suitable for working at high pressures.
The rotating part, with a compact design, only per-
mits the use of secondary seals made of elastic
materials.
Types:
RN.NB/LS60BDIN: standardised models in accordan-
ce with EN 12756 NB.

DIMENSIONS CHART RNB / LS60B DIMENSIONS CHART RN.NB / LS60BDIN


Dimensions in mm Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d2 d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I2 I4 I5 I6 I7 I1 mm d2 d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 d8 I2 I4 I5 I6 I1N I1
10 13 22 27 30 14.0 18.1 12.0 5.5 1.2 3 1.5 35.5 10 14 24 26 43 17 21 3 18 7 1.5 4 50 50
12 15 24 30 30 16.5 20.6 12.0 5.5 1.2 3 1.5 35.5 12 16 26 28 43 19 23 3 18 7 1.5 4 50 50
14 17 26 31 31 19.0 23.1 12.5 6.0 1.2 3 1.5 37.0 14 18 32 34 39 21 25 3 18 7 1.5 4 55 46
15 18 32 36 32 21.0 26.9 13.5 7.0 1.5 4 1.5 39.0 16 20 34 36 40 23 27 3 18 7 1.5 4 55 47
16 19 32 36 34 21.0 26.9 14.5 7.0 1.5 4 1.5 41.0 18 22 36 38 41 27 33 3 20 10 2.0 5 55 51
18 21 35 41 34 25.0 30.9 15.5 8.0 1.5 4 1.5 42.0 20 24 38 40 43 29 35 3 20 10 2.0 5 60 53
20 23 36 41 36 25.0 30.9 15.5 8.0 1.5 4 1.5 44.0 22 26 40 42 43 31 37 3 20 10 2.0 5 60 53
22 26 39 45 37 30.0 35.4 16.0 8.0 2.0 4 2.0 45.0 24 28 42 44 50 33 39 3 20 10 2.0 5 60 60
24 28 42 50 39 30.0 35.4 16.0 8.0 2.0 4 2.0 47.0 25 30 44 46 50 34 40 3 20 10 2.0 5 60 60
25 29 43 50 40 33.0 38.2 16.5 8.5 2.0 4 2.0 48.5 28 33 47 49 55 37 43 3 20 10 2.0 5 65 65
30 35 49 51 55 39 45 3 20 10 2.0 5 65 65
28 32 46 50 40 38.0 43.3 17.0 9.0 2.0 4 2.0 49.0
32 38 54 58 55 42 48 3 20 10 2.0 5 65 65
30 34 48 60 49 38.0 43.3 17.0 9.0 2.0 4 2.0 58.0
33 38 54 58 55 42 48 3 20 10 2.0 5 65 65
32 36 50 60 49 38.0 43.3 17.0 9.0 2.0 4 2.0 58.0
35 40 56 60 55 44 50 3 20 10 2.0 5 65 65
35 39 55 68 51 45.0 53.5 21.5 11.5 2.0 6 2.0 62.5
38 43 59 63 62 49 56 4 23 13 2.0 6 75 75
38 42 57 68 51 52.0 60.5 21.5 11.5 2.0 6 2.0 62.5
40 45 61 65 62 51 58 4 23 13 2.0 6 75 75
40 44 60 72 53 52.0 60.5 21.5 11.5 2.0 6 2.0 64.5
43 48 64 68 62 54 61 4 23 13 2.0 6 75 75
42 46 62 72 53 52.0 60.5 21.5 11.5 2.0 6 2.0 64.5
45 50 66 70 62 56 63 4 23 13 2.0 6 75 75
43 47 63 72 53 52.0 60.5 21.5 11.5 2.0 6 2.0 64.5
48 53 69 73 72 59 66 4 23 13 2.0 6 85 85
45 49 65 72 54 57.0 65.5 22.4 11.5 2.0 6 2.0 65.5 50 55 71 75 71 62 70 4 25 14 2.5 6 85 85
50 54 70 80 59 64.0 72.5 23.5 11.5 2.0 6 2.0 70.5 53 58 78 83 71 65 73 4 25 14 2.5 6 85 85
52 57 75 87 62 64.0 72.5 24.0 11.5 2.0 6 2.5 73.5 55 60 80 85 71 67 75 4 25 14 2.5 6 85 85
55 60 80 87 64 64.0 72.5 24.0 11.5 2.0 6 2.5 75.5 58 63 83 88 71 70 78 4 25 14 2.5 6 85 85
60 65 85 92 66 72.0 79.3 24.0 11.5 2.0 6 2.5 77.5 60 65 85 90 81 72 80 4 25 14 2.5 6 95 95
65 70 90 97 66 77.0 84.5 24.0 11.5 2.0 6 2.5 77.5 63 68 88 93 81 75 83 4 25 14 2.5 6 95 95
70 75 99 102 72 82.0 89.5 24.0 11.5 2.0 6 2.5 83.5 65 70 90 95 81 77 85 4 25 14 2.5 6 95 95
75 80 104 107 75 87.0 94.5 25.0 11.5 2.0 6 2.5 86.5 70 75 99 104 79 83 92 4 28 16 2.5 7 95 95
80 85 109 113 75 92.0 99.5 25.0 11.5 2.0 6 2.5 86.5 75 80 104 109 89 88 97 4 28 16 2.5 7 105 105
85 90 114 120 78 98.0 105.5 27.0 13.5 2.5 6 2.5 91.5 80 85 109 114 87 95 105 4 28 18 3.0 7 105 105
90 95 119 130 78 105.0 111.5 27.0 13.5 2.5 6 2.5 91.5 85 90 114 119 87 100 110 4 28 18 3.0 7 105 105
95 100 124 136 91 110.0 116.5 27.0 13.5 2.5 6 2.5 104.5 90 95 119 124 87 105 115 4 28 18 3.0 7 105 105
100 106 130 150 93 114.0 119.5 28.5 13.5 2.5 6 3.0 106.5 95 100 124 129 87 110 120 4 28 18 3.0 7 105 105
100 105 129 134 87 115 125 4 28 18 3.0 7 105 105
Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

114
AXIAL SPRING SEALS: CYLINDRICAL

LS40A SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • Single cylindrical spring.
1 Rotating contact surface • Dependent on the rotation direction.
2 Stationary contact surface • System attached to the shaft by allen
3 O-rings
3a O-rings
screws.
4 Spring
5 Metal frame OPERATING LIMITS:
5a Set screws
d1= 20 ÷ 100 mm p= 12 kg/cm²
v= 15 m/s t= -20÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Single mechanical seal with an extremely versatile
and functional design.
The fact that it is attached to the shaft with screws
allows this seal to be installed in a large variety of
applications with differing mounting dimensions.
Its structure allows secondary seals made of diffe-
rent materials to be used: FKM, Aflas®, FFKM, FEP,
NBR, HNBR and materials complying with special
standards such as FDA, USP, EC, etc.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I5 I1
20 34 36 46 36 42 23 18 69
22 36 38 46 38 44 23 18 69
24 38 40 46 40 46 23 18 69
25 39 41 47 41 47 23 18 70
28 42 44 49 44 50 23 20 72
30 44 46 49 46 52 23 20 72
32 46 48 52 48 54 23 18 75
33 47 49 52 49 55 23 18 75
35 49 51 55 51 57 23 18 78
38 54 58 57 58 64 25 20 82
40 56 60 57 60 66 25 20 82
43 59 63 57 63 69 25 20 82
45 61 65 57 65 71 25 20 82
48 64 68 64 68 74 25 20 89
50 66 70 68 70 76 25 20 93
53 69 73 69 73 79 25 20 94
55 71 75 71 75 81 25 20 96
58 76 83 71 83 89 28 20 99
60 78 85 74 85 91 28 22 102
63 81 88 74 88 94 28 22 102
65 83 90 78 90 96 28 22 106
68 86 93 78 93 99 30 22 106
70 90 95 79 95 101 30 24 109
75 95 104 84 104 110 30 24 114
80 100 109 84 109 115 31 24 115
85 105 114 84 114 120 31 25 115
90 110 119 90 119 125 31 24 121
95 115 124 90 124 130 31 25 121
100 121 129 90 129 135 31 25 121

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

115
AXIAL SPRING SEALS: CYLINDRICAL

LS40C SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • Single cylindrical spring.
1 Rotating contact surface • Dependent on the rotation direction.
2 Stationary contact surface • System attached to the shaft by allen
3 O-rings screws.
3a O-rings
4 Spring
5 Metal frame OPERATING LIMITS:
5a Set screws
d1= 20 ÷ 100 mm p= 12 kg/cm²
v= 15 m/s t= -20÷ +200oC (*)

(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the


secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Single mechanical seal with an extremely versatile
and functional design.
The fact that it is attached to the shaft with screws
allows this seal to be installed in a large variety of
applications with differing mounting dimensions.
Its structure allows secondary seals made of diffe-
rent materials to be used: FKM, Aflas®, FFKM, FEP,
NBR, HNBR and materials complying with special
standards such as FDA, USP, EC, etc.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 d8 I4 I1
20 34.50 39.05 35.50 29.06 33.32 3.50 9.0 44.50
22 34.93 39.93 35.50 30.66 34.93 3.50 9.0 44.50
25 38.10 43.10 39.00 33.84 39.85 3.50 10.0 49.00
28 42.86 47.86 41.00 37.01 43.05 3.50 10.0 51.00
30 45.50 50.50 41.00 38.61 44.63 3.50 10.0 51.00
32 47.00 52.00 44.00 40.28 46.32 3.50 10.0 54.00
35 50.00 55.00 47.00 43.46 49.48 3.50 10.0 57.00
38 53.00 58.00 47.00 46.63 52.56 3.50 10.0 57.00
40 55.00 60.00 47.00 48.13 54.25 3.50 10.0 57.00
45 60.00 65.00 47.00 52.98 59.02 3.50 10.0 57.00
48 61.91 66.91 55.00 57.66 63.68 4.50 10.0 65.00
50 66.00 71.00 58.50 59.33 65.37 4.50 10.0 68.50
55 71.00 76.00 60.00 64.01 70.03 4.50 10.0 70.00
60 77.00 82.00 63.00 70.36 76.38 4.50 10.0 73.00
65 82.00 87.00 66.00 75.21 81.23 4.50 10.0 76.00
70 87.00 92.00 66.00 79.88 85.90 4.50 10.0 76.00
75 91.50 96.50 71.00 84.73 90.77 4.50 10.0 81.00
80 99.50 104.50 77.50 94.26 100.29 4.50 10.0 87.50
85 105.50 110.50 77.50 98.93 104.77 4.50 10.0 87.50
90 110.50 115.50 82.00 113.78 109.82 4.50 10.0 92.00
95 115.50 120.50 82.00 108.46 114.33 4.50 10.0 92.00
100 120.00 125.50 82.00 113.31 119.33 4.50 10.0 92.00

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

116
BELLOWS SEALS

LMB84 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
COMPONENTS: • Spiral-wound metal bellows.
1 Rotating contact surface • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
3 O-rings
4 Metal bellows. OPERATING LIMITS:
5 Set screws
6 Metal frame d1= 18 ÷ 100 mm p= 20 kg/cm²
v= 25 m/s t= -40÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Balanced by the bellows, without the need for a
stepped shaft (models LWS10B, LMS20B). Suitable
for working in applications with high pressures. The
O-ring resting on the shaft does not cause wear as
there is no axial movement (changes in pressure).
Recommended for working with sticky or viscous
fluids that require cleaning processes (CIP) or sterili-
sation processes (SIP) in situ due to the geometry of
the spiral-wound bellows.

This seal may be supplied with any of the statio-


nary parts shown in pages 56 and 57. for mea-
surements in mm, and 58 for the measurements
in inches.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Shaft Rotary part

mm d3 d4 I3 (“) mm d3 d4 I3
18 31 34 31,5 0,750 19,05 31 34,9 31,5
20 31 36 31,5 0,875 22,23 36 38,1 37
22 31 38 31,5 1,000 25,40 39 41,3 37,5
24 36 40 36,7 1,125 28,58 42 44,5 38
25 36 41 37 1,250 31,75 46 47,6 43
28 39 44 37,5 1,375 34,93 48,5 50,8 43
30 42 46 38 1,500 38,10 51,5 57,2 42
32 46 48 43 1,625 41,28 58,4 60,3 47
33 46 49 43 1,750 44,45 58,4 63,5 47
35 48,5 51 43 1,875 47,63 63,7 66,7 46,5
38 51,5 58 42 2,000 50,80 63,7 69,9 46,5
40 54 60 42 2,125 53,98 69 73 56,5
43 58,4 63 47 2,250 57,15 73,3 76,2 56,5
45 58,4 65 47 2,375 60,33 76,7 79,4 56,5
48 63,7 68 47 2,500 63,50 79,4 82,6 56,5
50 63,7 70 46,5 2,625 66,68 83 85,7 66,5
53 69 73 56,5 2,750 69,85 87,8 96 65,5
55 71 75 56,5 2,875 73,03 94 99 65,5
58 73,3 83 56,5 3,000 76,20 94 100 65,5
60 76,7 85 56,5 3,125 79,38 100,6 104 75
63 79,4 88 56,5 3,250 82,55 100,6 108 75
65 83 90 66,5 3,375 85,73 106 111 75
68 87,8 93 66,5 3,500 88,90 110,3 115 75
70 87,8 95 65,5 3,625 92,08 114,9 118 75
75 94 104 65,5 3,750 95,25 114,9 121 75
80 100,6 109 75 3,875 98,43 121,3 124 75
85 106 114 75 4,000 101,60 121,3 127 75
90 110,3 119 75
95 114,9 124 75
100 121,3 129 75

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

117
BELLOWS SEALS

LMB85 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
COMPONENTS: • Welded metal bellows.
1 Rotating contact surface • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
2 Stationary contact surface
3 O-rings OPERATING LIMITS:
3a O-rings
4 Metal bellows d1= 16 ÷ 100 mm p= 20 kg/cm²
5 Metal frame
5a Set screws v= 25 m/s t= -40÷ +200oC
-40÷ +200 °C (up to
400º C with a special
design) (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Internally balanced, with no need for a stepped shaft
(models LWS10B, LMS20B). The O-ring resting on
the shaft does not cause wear as there is no axial
movement. Appropriate for applications with sticky or
high viscosity fluids as its open leaf design genera-
tes a self-cleaning effect. In addition it is suitable for
application at moderate pressures and high tempe-
ratures (for up to 400º C please enquire) and very
aggressive fluids in chemical and mechanical terms.
Very often used in compressors.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm Dimensions in inches
Shaft Rotary part Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 (“) mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 l4 l1
20 33,5 37,5 30,5 0,750 19,05 34 38 30,5 29,5 35 11,5 42
22 36,5 40,5 30,5 0,875 22,23 39 43 28,5 33,5 39 11,5 40
24 39,6 43 28,5 1,000 25,40 39,6 43,6 28,5 34,5 40 11,5 40
25 39,6 43 28,5 1,125 28,58 42,8 46,8 31 37,5 43 11,5 42,5
28 42,8 46,8 31 1,250 31,75 46 50 31 42,5 48 11,5 42,5
30 45 49 31 1,375 34,93 49,2 53,2 31 44,5 50 11,5 42,5
32 46 50 31 1,500 38,10 52,5 56,5 31 49,5 56 14 45
33 48 52 31 1,625 41,28 55,5 59,5 31 54,5 61 14 45
35 49,2 63,2 31 1,750 44,45 59,5 63,5 31 56,5 63 14 45
38 52,3 56,3 31 1,875 47,63 62,5 66,5 31 59,5 66 14 45
40 55,5 59,5 31 2,000 50,80 65 69 32,5 62,5 70 15 47,5
43 57,5 61,5 31 2,125 53,98 68,2 72,2 32,5 67,5 75 15 47,5
45 58,7 62,7 31 2,250 57,15 71,7 75,7 37,5 70,5 78 15 52,5
48 63 67 31 2,375 60,33 75 79 37,5 72,5 80 15 52,5
50 65 69 32,5 2,500 63,50 79 83 37,5 75,5 83 15 52,5
53 68,2 72,2 32,5 2,625 66,68 84,1 88,1 34,5 81,5 90 18 52,5
55 70 74 32,5 2,750 69,85 87,3 91,3 42 83,5 92 18 60
58 71,7 75,7 37,5 2,875 73,03 92 96 42 88,5 97 18 60
60 74,6 78,6 37,5 3,000 76,20 95 99 42 88,5 97 18 60
63 79 83 37,5 3,125 79,38 98,4 102,4 41,8 95,5 105 18,2 60
65 84,1 88,1 37,5 3,250 82,55 101,6 105,6 41,8 100,5 110 18,2 60
68 87,3 91,3 34,5 3,375 85,73 104,7 108,7 41,8 100,5 110 18,2 60
70 87,3 91,3 42 3,500 88,90 108 112 46,8 105,5 115 18,2 65
75 95 99 42 3,625 92,08 111 115 46,8 105,5 115 18,2 65
80 98,4 102,4 41,8 3,750 95,25 114 118 47,8 110,5 120 17,2 65
85 104,7 108,7 41,8 3,875 98,43 117,5 121,5 47,8 115,5 125 17,2 65
90 111 115 46,8 4,000 101,60 120 125 47,8 115,5 125 17,2 65
95 114 118 47,8
100 120 125 47,8

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

118
BELLOWS SEALS

LMB86 SECTORS :

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
COMPONENTS: • Graphite wedge
• Welded metal bellows.
1 Rotating contact surface
3 Graphite wedge • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
4 Metal bellows
5 Metal frame
5a Set screws OPERATING LIMITS:
5b Tightening screw
d1= 25 ÷ 100 mm p= 20 kg/cm²
v= 25 m/s t= -75÷ -425oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION :
Internally balanced, with no need for a stepped shaft
(models LWS10B, LMS20B). The graphite wedge
allwos applications at very high temperatures.
Appropriate for applications with sticky or high vis-
cosity fluids as its open leaf design generates a self-
cleaning effect.
In addition it is suitable for application at moderate
pressures as well as with very aggressive fluids, both
chemically and mechanically terms. Very often used
in compressors.
This seal may be supplied with any of the statio-
nary parts shown in pages 56 and 57. for mea-
surements in mm, and 58 for the measurements
in inches.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm Dimensions in inches
Shaft Rotary part Shaft Rotary part

mm d3 d4 I3 (“) mm d3 d4 I3
25 41,28 46,28 38,89 1,000 25,40 41,28 46,28 38,89
28 44,45 49,45 39,67 1,125 28,58 44,45 49,45 39,67
32 47,63 52,63 40,46 1,250 31,75 47,63 52,63 40,46
35 50,80 55,80 40,46 1,375 34,93 50,80 55,80 40,46
38 53,98 58,98 40,46 1,500 38,10 53,98 58,98 40,46
40 57,15 62,15 40,46 1,625 41,28 57,15 62,15 40,46
45 60,33 65,33 41,28 1,750 44,45 60,33 65,33 41,28
48 63,50 68,50 41,28 1,875 47,63 63,50 68,50 41,28
50 66,68 71,68 42,06 2,000 50,80 66,68 71,68 42,06
55 69,85 74,85 42,06 2,125 53,98 69,85 74,85 42,06
60 76,20 81,20 43,66 2,250 57,15 73,03 78,03 43,66
65 82,55 87,55 44,45 2,375 60,33 76,20 81,20 43,66
70 88,90 93,90 45,24 2,500 63,50 82,55 87,55 44,45
75 96,82 101,82 47,63 2,625 66,68 85,73 90,73 45,24
80 101,60 106,60 47,63 2,750 69,85 88,90 93,90 45,24
85 107,95 112,95 47,63 2,875 73,03 93,65 98,65 47,63
90 111,13 116,13 47,63 3,000 76,20 96,82 101,82 47,63
95 117,48 122,48 47,63 3,125 79,38 101,60 106,60 47,63
100 123,83 128,83 47,63 3,250 82,55 104,78 109,78 47,63
3,375 85,73 107,95 112,95 47,63
Dimensions subject to changes or 3,500 88,90 111,13 116,13 47,63
modifications. 3,625 92,08 114,30 119,30 47,63
3,750 95,25 117,48 122,48 47,63
3,875 98,43 120,65 125,65 47,63
4,000 101,60 123,83 128,83 47,63

119
BELLOWS SEALS

LRB00 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
COMPONENTS: • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Single cylindrical spring.
1 Rotating contact surface
2 Stationary contact surface
3 Bellows OPERATING LIMITS:
3a Elastomeric cup
4 Spring d1= 9.52 ÷101.60 mm p= 14 kg/cm²
5 Ring
5a Drive ring v= 13 m/s t= -20÷ +200oC (*)
5b Metal frame
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Mechanical seal with a simple, compact design for
all-purpose use and in particular in applications
with moderate pressures (up to 14 kg/cm2) such as
pumps and compressors.

TYPE LRB00

DIMENSIONS CHART LRB00


Dimensions in inches
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

(“) mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I6 I1

3/8 9.52 28 32 25 11.0 24.6 8.7 7.1 33.7


1/2 12.70 32 36 25 13.5 27.8 8.7 7.1 33.7
5/8 15.88 35 39 25 17.0 30.9 10.5 8.7 35.5
3/4 19.05 40 44 25 20.0 34.1 10.5 8.7 35.5
13/ 16 20.63 41 45 25 22.0 35.7 10.5 8.7 35.5
7/8 22.22 43 47 25 23.0 37.3 10.5 8.7 35.5
1 25.40 47 51 25 26.5 40.5 10.5 8.7 35.5
1 1/8 28.57 56 60 33 29.5 47.6 12.0 10.3 45.0
1 1/4 31.75 59 63 33 32.5 50.8 12.0 10.3 45.0
1 3/8 34.92 63 67 33 36.5 54.0 12.0 10.3 45.0
1 1/2 38.10 67 71 33 39.5 57.1 12.0 10.3 45.0
1 5/8 41.27 71 75 33 42.5 60.3 12.0 10.3 45.0
1 3/4 44.45 74 78 41 46.0 63.5 12.0 10.3 53.0
1 7/8 47.62 77 81 41 49.0 66.7 12.0 10.3 53.0
2 50.80 81 85 41 52.0 69.8 13.5 12.0 54.5
2 1/8 53.97 84 88 41 55.5 73.1 13.5 12.0 54.5
2 1/4 57.15 88 92 41 58.5 76.2 13.5 12.0 54.5
2 3/8 60.32 91 95 41 61.5 79.4 13.5 12.0 54.5
2 1/2 63.50 94 98 41 65.0 82.5 13.5 12.0 54.5
2 5/8 66.67 100 104 49 68.0 92.1 16.0 14.3 65.0
2 3/4 69.85 103 107 49 71.0 95.2 16.0 14.3 65.0
2 7/8 73.02 108 112 52 74.5 98.4 16.0 14.3 68.0
3 76.20 111 115 52 77.5 101.6 16.0 14.3 68.0
3 1/8 79.37 118 122 56 80.5 111.1 20.0 18.3 76.0
3 1/4 82.55 121 125 56 84.0 114.3 20.0 18.3 76.0
3 3/8 85.72 125 129 56 87.0 117.5 20.0 18.3 76.0
3 1/2 88.90 128 132 56 90.5 120.6 20.0 18.3 76.0
3 5/8 92.07 131 135 59 93.5 123.8 20.0 18.3 79.0
3 3/4 95.25 134 138 59 96.5 127.0 20.0 18.3 79.0
3 7/8 98.42 139 143 62 100.0 130.2 20.0 18.3 82.0
4 101.60 142 146 62 103.0 133.3 20.0 18.3 82.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

120
BELLOWS SEALS

LRB00U and LRB00L

COMPONENTS:
1 Rotating contact surface
2 Stationary contact surface
3 Bellows
3a Elastomeric cup
4 Spring
5 Ring
5a Drive ring
5b Metal frame

TYPE LRB00U TYPE LRB00L

DIMENSIONS CHART LRB00U DIMENSIONS CHART LRB00L


Dimensions in inches Dimensions in inches
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

(“) mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I6 I1 (“) mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I6 I1
5/8 15.88 27.8 31.8 33.3 23.80 31.75 10.3 8.7 43.6 5/8 15.88 27.8 31.8 44 17.0 30.9 10.5 8.7 54.5
3/4 19.05 30.9 34.9 33.3 26.98 34.93 10.3 8.7 43.6 3/4 19.05 30.9 34.9 44 20.0 34.1 10.5 8.7 54.5
7/8 22.23 34.1 38.1 33.3 30.15 38.10 10.3 8.7 43.6 7/8 22.23 34.1 38.1 44 23.0 37.3 10.5 8.7 54.5
1 25.40 38.1 42.1 39.7 33.32 41.28 11.1 9.5 50.8 1 25.40 38.1 42.1 44 26.5 40.5 10.5 8.7 54.5
1 1/8 28.58 41.3 45.3 41.3 36.50 44.44 11.1 9.5 52.4 1 1/8 28.58 41.3 45.3 60 29.5 47.6 12.0 10.3 72.0
1 1/4 31.75 46.0 50.0 41.3 39.70 47.63 11.1 9.5 52.4 1 1/4 31.75 46.0 50.0 60 32.5 50.8 12.0 10.3 72.0
1 3/8 34.93 47.6 51.6 42.9 42.84 50.80 11.1 9.5 54.0 1 3/8 34.93 47.6 51.6 60 36.5 54.0 12.0 10.3 72.0
1 1/2 38.10 50.8 54.8 42.9 46.05 53.98 11.1 9.5 54.0 1 1/2 38.10 50.8 54.8 60 39.5 57.1 12.0 10.3 72.0
1 5/8 41.28 57.2 61.2 50.8 50.80 60.33 12.7 11.1 63.5 1 5/8 41.28 57.2 61.2 60 42.5 60.3 12.0 10.3 72.0
1 3/4 44.45 60.4 64.4 50.8 53.97 63.50 12.7 11.1 63.5 1 3/4 44.45 60.4 64.4 71 46.0 63.5 12.0 10.3 83.0
1 7/8 47.63 63.5 67.5 54.0 57.15 66.68 12.7 11.1 66.7 1 7/8 47.63 63.5 67.5 71 49.0 66.7 12.0 10.3 83.0
2 50.80 66.7 70.7 54.0 60.32 69.85 12.7 11.1 66.7 2 50.80 66.7 70.7 71 52.0 69.8 13.5 12.0 84.5
2 1/8 53.98 71.4 75.4 60.3 60.32 76.20 14.2 12.7 74.5 2 1/8 53.98 71.4 75.4 71 55.5 73.1 13.5 12.0 84.5
2 1/4 57.15 74.6 78.6 60.3 61.90 79.38 14.2 12.7 74.5 2 1/4 57.15 74.6 78.6 71 58.5 76.2 13.5 12.0 84.5
2 3/8 60.33 78.3 82.3 63.5 67.39 82.55 14.2 12.7 77.7 2 3/8 60.33 78.3 82.3 71 61.5 79.4 13.5 12.0 84.5
2 1/2 63.50 81.0 85.0 63.5 68.25 85.73 14.2 12.7 77.7 2 1/2 63.50 81.0 85.0 71 65.0 82.5 13.5 12.0 84.5
2 5/8 66.68 85.7 89.7 69.9 71.42 85.73 15.8 14.5 85.7 2 5/8 66.68 85.7 89.7 70 68.0 92.1 16.0 14.3 86.0
2 3/4 69.85 88.9 92.9 69.9 74.60 88.90 15.8 14.5 85.7 2 3/4 69.85 88.9 92.9 70 71.0 95.2 16.0 14.3 86.0
2 7/8 73.03 92.1 96.1 73.0 77.77 95.25 15.8 14.5 88.8 2 7/8 73.03 92.1 96.1 73 74.5 98.4 16.0 14.3 89.0
3 76.20 95.3 99.3 73.0 80.95 98.43 15.8 14.5 88.8 3 76.20 95.3 99.3 73 77.5 101.6 16.0 14.3 89.0
3 1/8 79.38 101.6 105.6 79.4 84.12 101.60 19.8 16.6 99.2 3 1/8 79.38 101.6 105.6 79 80.5 111.1 20.0 18.3 99.0
3 1/4 82.55 104.8 108.8 79.4 87.30 104.78 19.8 16.6 99.2 3 1/4 82.55 104.8 108.8 79 84.0 114.3 20.0 18.3 99.0
3 3/8 85.73 108.0 112.0 79.4 90.47 107.95 19.8 16.6 99.2 3 3/8 85.73 108.0 112.0 79 87.0 117.5 20.0 18.3 99.0
3 1/2 88.90 111.1 115.1 79.4 93.65 111.13 19.8 16.6 99.2 3 1/2 88.90 111.1 115.1 79 90.5 120.6 20.0 18.3 99.0
3 5/8 92.08 114.3 118.3 82.6 96.82 114.30 19.8 16.6 102.4 3 5/8 92.08 114.3 118.3 83 93.5 123.8 20.0 18.3 103.0
3 3/4 95.25 117.7 121.7 82.6 100.00 117.48 19.8 16.6 102.4 3 3/4 95.25 117.7 121.7 83 96.5 127.0 20.0 18.3 103.0
3 7/8 98.43 120.7 124.7 85.7 103.17 120.65 19.8 16.6 105.5 3 7/8 98.43 120.7 124.7 86 100.0 130.2 20.0 18.3 106.0
4 101.60 123.8 127.8 85.7 106.35 123.85 19.8 16.6 105.5 4 101.60 123.8 127.8 86 103.0 133.3 20.0 18.3 106.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications. Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

121
BELLOWS SEALS

LRB01-LRB01S -LRB04 - LRB04A and LRB06 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
1 Rotating contact surface
• Single cylindrical spring.
2 Stationary contact surface
3 Bellows OPERATING LIMITS:
3a Elastomeric cup
4 Spring d1= 9.52 ÷101.60 mm p= 10 kg/cm²
5 Ring
5a Drive ring v= 10 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
5b Metal frame
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Mechanical seal with a simple design for general use.
Type LRB04/ LRB04A are standardised models in ac-
cordance with EN 12756 (KU).

DIMENSIONS CHART LRB01 DIMENSIONS CHART LRB01S


Dimensions in inches Dimensions in inches
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

(“) mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I5 I6 I1 (“) mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I5 I6 I1
3/8 9.52 23.80 28.80 22.20 15.90 22.22 6.3 1.3 5.1 28.50 3/8 9.52 22 27 25.4 16 24.6 8.7 1.3 6.2 34.1
1/2 12.70 23.80 28.80 20.60 19.05 25.40 8.0 1.3 5.1 28.60 1/2 12.70 26 31 25.4 19 27.8 8.7 1.3 6.2 34.1
5/8 15.88 26.50 31.50 22.20 22.20 31.75 10.3 1.3 7.5 32.50 5/8 15.88 32 37 25.4 22 30.9 10.3 1.3 9.0 35.7
3/4 19.05 30.50 35.50 22.20 25.40 34.93 10.3 1.3 7.5 32.50 3/4 19.05 36 41 25.4 25 34.1 10.3 1.3 9.0 35.7
7/8 22.20 34.00 39.50 24.00 28.60 38.10 10.3 1.3 7.5 34.30 7/8 22.20 39 44 25.4 28 37.3 10.3 1.3 9.0 35.7
1 25.40 40.00 45.00 25.40 31.80 41.28 11.0 1.3 8.3 36.40 1 25.40 42 47 25.4 32 40.5 10.3 1.3 9.0 35.7
1 1/8 28.60 44.50 49.50 27.00 35.70 44.45 11.0 1.3 8.3 38.00 1 1/8 28.60 46 51 33.3 36 47.6 12.0 1.3 9.2 45.5
1 1/4 31.75 46.50 52.00 27.00 38.90 47.66 11.0 1.3 8.3 38.00 1 1/4 31.75 49 54 33.3 39 50.8 12.0 1.3 9.2 45.5
1 3/8 34.92 51.50 56.50 28.50 42.10 50.80 11.0 1.3 8.3 39.50 1 3/8 34.92 54 59 33.3 42 53.9 12.0 1.3 9.2 45.5
1 1/2 38.10 54.00 60.00 28.50 45.20 54.00 11.0 1.3 8.3 39.50 1 1/2 38.10 59 64 33.3 45 57.1 12.0 1.3 9.2 45.5
1 5/8 41.27 58.00 63.00 35.00 48.80 60.30 12.7 1.3 9.8 47.70 1 5/8 41.27 61 66 33.3 48 60.3 12.0 1.3 9.2 45.5
1 3/4 44.45 61.50 66.50 35.00 51.60 63.50 12.7 1.3 9.8 47.70 1 3/4 44.45 64 69 40.5 52 63.5 12.0 1.3 9.2 52.5
1 7/8 47.62 65.50 70.50 38.00 54.80 66.65 12.7 1.3 9.8 50.70 1 7/8 47.62 66 71 40.5 55 66.7 12.0 1.3 9.2 52.5
2 50.80 70.50 75.50 38.00 58.00 69.85 12.7 1.3 9.8 50.70 2 50.80 69 74 40.5 58 69.8 13.5 1.3 10.7 54.0
2 1/8 53.97 75.00 80.00 43.00 62.00 76.20 14.3 1.3 11.4 57.30 2 1/8 53.97 78 83 41.0 62 73.1 13.5 1.3 10.7 54.5
2 1/4 57.15 79.00 84.00 43.00 65.00 79.40 14.3 1.3 11.4 57.30 2 1/4 57.15 80 85 41.0 65 76.2 13.5 1.3 10.7 54.5
2 3/8 60.32 82.00 87.00 46.00 68.00 82.55 14.3 1.3 11.4 60.30 2 3/8 60.32 83 88 41.0 68 79.4 13.5 1.3 10.7 54.5
2 1/2 63.50 87.00 92.00 46.00 71.20 85.70 14.3 1.3 11.4 60.30 2 1/2 63.50 85 90 41.0 71 82.5 13.5 1.3 10.7 54.5
2 5/8 66.68 88.00 96.50 49.20 71.00 85.70 15.9 1.3 13.2 65.10 2 5/8 66.68 90 95 49.0 78 92.1 15.9 1.3 13.2 64.9
2 3/4 69.85 90.00 98.00 49.20 74.60 88.90 15.9 1.3 13.2 65.10 2 3/4 69.85 95 100 49.0 81 95.2 15.9 1.3 13.2 64.9
2 7/8 73.03 95.00 104.00 52.40 77.80 95.25 15.9 1.3 13.2 68.30 2 7/8 73.03 99 104 49.0 84 98.4 15.9 1.3 13.2 64.9
3 76.20 99.00 104.00 52.40 81.00 98.43 15.9 1.3 13.2 68.30 3 76.20 99 104 49.0 88 101.6 15.9 1.3 13.2 64.9
3 1/8 79.38 104.00 109.00 55.50 80.10 101.60 19.8 1.3 15.4 74.90 3 1/8 79.38 104 109 56.0 94 111.1 20.0 1.3 17.2 76.0
3 1/4 82.55 109.00 114.00 55.50 87.30 104.78 19.8 1.3 15.4 74.90 3 1/4 82.55 109 114 56.0 97 114.3 20.0 1.3 17.2 76.0
3 3/8 85.73 109.00 114.00 55.50 90.50 107.95 19.8 1.3 15.4 74.90 3 3/8 85.73 109 114 56.0 100 117.5 20.0 1.3 17.2 76.0
3 1/2 88.90 114.00 119.00 55.50 93.60 111.13 19.8 1.3 15.4 74.90 3 1/2 88.90 114 119 56.0 103 120.6 20.0 1.3 17.2 76.0
3 5/8 92.08 119.00 124.00 58.70 96.80 114.30 19.8 1.3 15.4 78.50 3 5/8 92.08 119 124 59.0 106 123.8 20.0 1.3 17.2 79.0
3 3/4 95.25 119.00 124.00 58.70 100.00 117.48 19.8 1.3 15.4 78.50 3 3/4 95.25 119 124 59.0 109 127.0 20.0 1.3 17.2 79.0
3 7/4 98.43 124.00 129.00 61.90 103.10 120.65 19.8 1.3 15.4 81.70 3 7/4 98.43 124 129 62.0 113 130.2 20.0 1.3 17.2 82.0
4 101.60 124.00 129.00 61.90 106.30 123.83 19.8 1.3 15.4 81.70 4 101.60 124 129 62.0 116 133.3 20.0 1.3 17.2 82.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications. Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

122
BELLOWS SEALS

DIMENSIONS CHART LRB04 / LRB04A


Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 I3A d6 d7 I4 I4A I5 I6 I1
10 20 25 23.9 __ 17 21 8.6 __ 1.5 4 32.5
12 22 27 23.9 26 19 23 8.6 6,5 1.5 4 32.5
14 24 29 26.4 __ 21 25 8.6 __ 1.5 4 35.0
16 26 31.5 26.4 24.7 23 27 8.6 10.3 1.5 4 35.0
18 32 37 27.5 __ 27 33 10.0 __ 2.0 4 37.5
20 34 39.5 27.5 __ 29 35 10.0 __ 2.0 5 37.5
22 36 41 27.5 26.5 31 37 10.0 11 2.0 5 37.5
24 38 45 30.0 29.0 33 39 10.0 11 2.0 5 40.0
25 39 45 30.0 29.0 34 40 10.0 11 2.0 5 40.0
28 42 49.5 32.5 31.5 37 43 10.0 11 2.0 5 42.5
30 44 52 32.5 31.5 39 45 10.0 11 2.0 5 42.5
32 46 52 32.5 31.5 42 48 10.0 11 2.0 5 42.5
33 47 55.5 32.5 31.5 42 48 10.0 11 2.0 5 42.5
35 49 56.5 32.5 31.5 44 50 10.0 11 2.0 5 42.5
38 54 60 34.0 __ 49 56 11.0 __ 2.0 6 45.0
40 56 63 34.0 32.3 51 58 11.0 12.7 2.0 6 45.0
43 59 66.5 34.0 32.3 54 61 11.0 12.7 2.0 6 45.0
45 61 66.5 34.0 32.3 56 63 11.0 12.7 2.0 6 45.0
48 64 70.5 34.0 32.3 59 66 11.0 12.7 2.0 6 45.0
50 66 75 34.5 34.8 62 70 13.0 12.7 2.5 6 47.5
53 69 79 34.5 33.2 65 73 13.0 14.3 2.5 6 47.5
55 71 81 34.5 33.2 67 75 13.0 14.3 2.5 6 47.5
58 78 84 39.5 38.2 70 78 13.0 14.3 2.5 6 52.5
60 80 87 39.5 38.2 72 80 13.0 14.3 2.5 6 52.5
63 83 91 39.5 38.2 75 83 13.0 14.3 2.5 6 52.5
65 85 92 39.5 36.5 77 85 13.0 16 2.5 6 52.5
68 88 96.5 37.2 36.5 81 90 15.3 16 2.5 7 52.5
70 90 98 44.7 44.0 83 92 15.3 16 2.5 7 60.0
75 99 104 44.7 __ 88 97 15.3 __ 2.5 7 60.0
80 104 109 44.3 __ 95 105 15.7 __ 3.0 7 60.0
85 109 114 44.3 __ 100 110 15.7 __ 3.0 7 60.0
90 114 119 49.3 __ 105 115 15.7 __ 3.0 7 65.0
95 119 124 49.3 __ 110 120 15.7 __ 3.0 7 65.0
100 124 129 49.3 __ 115 125 15.7 __ 3.0 7 65.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

DIMENSIONS CHART LRB06


Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I5 I6 I1
10 20 25 25.4 16.0 24.6 8.7 1.5 7.5 34.1
12 22 27 25.4 19.0 27.8 8.7 1.5 7.5 34.1
13 24 29 25.4 19.0 27.8 8.7 1.5 7.5 34.1
14 24 29 25.4 22.2 30.9 10.3 1.5 7.5 35.7
15 26 31 25.4 22.2 30.9 10.3 1.5 7.5 35.7
16 26 31 25.4 22.2 30.9 10.3 1.5 7.5 35.7
18 32 37 25.4 25.4 34.1 10.3 1.5 7.5 35.7
19 34 39 25.4 25.4 34.1 10.3 1.5 7.5 35.7
20 34 39 25.4 27.0 35.7 10.3 1.5 7.5 35.7
22 36 41 25.4 28.6 37.3 10.3 1.5 7.5 35.7
24 38 43 25.4 31.7 40.5 10.3 1.5 7.5 35.7
25 39 44 25.4 31.7 40.5 10.3 1.5 7.5 35.7
28 42 47 33.3 35.7 47.6 12.0 2.0 8.5 45.3
30 44 49 33.3 38.9 50.8 12.0 2.0 8.5 45.3
32 46 51 33.3 38.9 50.8 12.0 2.0 8.5 45.3
33 47 52 33.3 42.1 54.0 12.0 2.0 8.5 45.3
34 49 54 33.3 42.1 54.0 12.0 2.0 8.5 45.3
35 49 54 33.3 42.1 54.0 12.0 2.0 8.5 45.3
38 54 59 33.3 45.2 57.2 12.0 2.0 8.5 45.3
40 56 61 33.3 48.8 60.3 12.0 2.0 8.5 45.3
42 59 64 40.5 51.6 63.5 12.0 2.0 8.5 52.5
43 59 64 40.5 51.6 63.5 12.0 2.0 8.5 52.5
44 61 66 40.5 51.6 63.5 12.0 2.0 8.5 52.5
45 61 66 40.5 51.6 63.5 12.0 2.0 8.5 52.5
48 64 69 40.5 54.8 66.7 12.0 2.0 8.5 52.5
50 66 71 40.5 58.0 69.8 12.0 2.0 8.5 52.5
53 69 74 41.0 62.0 73.0 13.5 2.0 10.0 54.5
55 71 76 41.0 65.0 76.2 13.5 2.0 10.0 54.5
58 78 83 41.0 68.0 79.4 13.5 2.0 10.0 54.5
60 80 85 41.0 68.0 79.4 13.5 2.0 10.0 54.5
63 83 88 41.0 71.2 82.5 13.5 2.0 10.0 54.5
65 85 90 49.0 78.3 92.1 15.9 2.0 12.0 64.9
70 90 95 49.0 81.1 95.5 15.9 2.0 12.0 64.9
75 99 104 49.0 88.1 101.6 15.9 2.0 12.0 64.9
80 104 109 56.0 97.0 114.3 20.0 2.0 16.5 76.0
85 109 114 56.0 100.0 117.5 20.0 2.0 16.5 76.0
90 114 119 59.0 107.0 123.8 20.0 2.0 16.5 79.0
95 119 124 59.0 110.0 127.0 20.0 2.0 16.5 79.0
100 124 129 62.0 116.0 133.3 20.0 2.0 16.5 82.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

123
BELLOWS SEALS

LRB02 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
1 Rotating contact surface • Single cylindrical spring.
2 Stationary contact surface
3 Bellows
3a Elastomeric cup
OPERATING LIMITS:
4 Spring
5 Metal frame
d1= 9.52 ÷ 25.40 mm p= 7 kg/cm²
v= 10 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Seal with a compact design for applications with
low demands that require small diameters and often
used for water pumps.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in inches
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

(“) mm d3 d4 d5 I3 d6 d7 I4 I5 I6 I1
3/8 9.52 23.80 28.80 17.46 16.00 14.3 22.22 6.2 1.3 5.1 22.2
1/2 12.70 26.97 31.97 20.63 18.30 17.5 25.40 8.0 1.3 5.1 26.3
5/8 15.88 30.94 35.94 23.81 18.70 20.6 31.75 10.3 1.3 7.5 29.0
3/4 19.05 34.11 39.11 26.98 18.70 23.8 34.93 10.3 1.3 7.5 29.0
1 25.40 42.85 47.85 33.33 20.60 30.2 41.28 11.0 1.3 7.5 31.6

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

124
BELLOWS SEALS

LRB03 - LRB03A - LRB03B SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
1 Rotating contact surface • Single cylindrical spring.
2 Stationary contact surface
3 Bellows
3a Elastomeric cup OPERATING LIMITS:
4 Spring
5 Metal frame d1= 10 ÷ 30 mm p= 6 kg/cm²
v= 10 m/s t= -20÷ +100oC (*)
TYPE LRB03
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Mechanical seal with a compact design and small
dimensions which is ideal for simple hydromassage
or drinking water pumps.
The rotating part is attached to the pump impeller,
rotates together with it. The stationary part is secured
to the housing on its external diameter.

DIMENSIONS CHART LRB03


Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part

(“) mm d7 I4 d3 d4 d5 I2 I3
1/2 13 25.0 7.5 28.5 32.0 14.5 8.0 13.2
1/2 B 13 25.0 5.0 28.5 32.0 14.5 8.0 13.2
1/2 C 13 25.0 5.0 30.0 34.5 14.0 7.5 13.2
5/8 16 31.7 10.0 36.5 41.0 17.5 8.5 16.3
5/8 B 16 31.0 5.0 36.5 41.0 17.5 8.5 16.3
3/4 19 35.0 10.0 40.0 43.0 21.5 9.5 16.0
3/4 B 19 35.0 5.0 40.0 43.0 21.5 9.5 16.0
1 25 41.0 11.0 47.0 51.0 26.5 11.0 18.0
1 1/8 29 48.0 8.5 52.0 57.0 31.0 11.0 18.5

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

125
BELLOWS SEALS

LRB03A

TYPE LRB03A

DIMENSIONS CHART LRB03A


Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part

mm d7 I4 d3 d5 I2 I3
10 23.0 4 27 11.0 7.5 14.0
12 25.0 5 32 14.2 8.5 14.2
16 31.0 5 41 18.2 10.0 16.8
20 35.0 5 45 21.4 10.0 17.5
25 41.3 11 52 26.4 11.5 20.0
30 48.0 8 58 31.0 12.5 21.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

LRB03B

TYPE LRB03B

DIMENSIONS CHART LRB03B


Dimensions in mm
Shaft

mm d3 d4 d7 I
12 12.0 30.00 35.0 25.0 17.7
12 B 12.0 28.55 32.0 25.0 17.7
12 C 12.0 33.40 38.0 25.0 17.5
13 13.0 30.00 35.0 25.0 17.7
15 15.0 36.50 41.5 30.0 20.0
16 16.0 36.50 41.5 30.0 20.0
16 B 16.0 38.10 41.3 28.5 20.0
20 20.0 40.00 43.7 37.0 22.0
20 B 20.0 38.00 43.7 37.0 22.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

126
BELLOWS SEALS

LRB05 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
1 Rotating contact surface • Single cylindrical spring.
2 Stationary contact surface
3 Bellows
3a Elastomeric cup
OPERATING LIMITS:
4 Spring
5 Ring
d1=12 ÷ 25.4 mm p= 7 kg/cm²
5a Drive ring
5b Metal frame
v= 10 m/s t= -20÷ +100oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPCIÓN:
Mechanical seal with a simple design for general use.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

(“) mm d3 d4 I3 d7 I4 I1
12.00 23.30 28.30 16.30 24 4.5 20.8
14.00 30.40 35.40 18.60 30 8.5 27.1
5/8 15.88 30.40 35.40 18.60 30 8.5 27.1
3/4 19.05 33.00 38.0 17.70 35 10.3 28.0
7/8 22.20 36.30 41.30 20.60 38 10.3 30.9
1 25.40 39.40 44.40 20.70 41.3 11.0 31.7

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

127
BELLOWS SEALS

LRB17 - LRB17A- LRB17E - LRB17KU - LRB17NU SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Single cylindrical spring.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 10 ÷ 100 mm p= 12 kg/cm²
v= 10 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
COMPONENTS: the application.
1 Rotating contact surface
3 Bellows DESCRIPTION:
4 Spring
5 Ring A versatile, robust single seal that is widely used in
5a Ring many different industrial and household applica-
tions.
The different type LRB17 varieties can be combined
with a wide range of stationary parts, thereby
increasing its versatility due to the combination of
different materials and working lengths.
Types:
LRB17KU–L6 / LRB17KU-L60 : standardised dimen-
sions in accordance with standard EN 12756 (KU).
LRB17NU –L6 / LRB17NU-L60 : standardised
dimensions in accordance with standard EN 12756
TYPE LRB17A (NU).

DIMENSIONS CHART LRB17A


Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part

mm d1 d3 d4 I3A d6 d7 I4
15 15 28 33 17 29 35 4
20 20 37 42 21.5 29 35 7.5
25 25 41 46 23 34 40 7.5
30 30 48 53 24 45 51 9.5
45 45 65 70 30 58 65 12.5
55 55 80 85 43 67 76.5 14

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

128
BELLOWS SEALS

DIMENSIONS CHART LRB17 - LRB17E - LRB17KU- LRB17NU


Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part

mm d3 d4 I3 I3E I3KU I3NU d6 d7 d8 d11 d12 d14 d16 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I28 I29
10 22.5 25.0 14.5 25 25.9 33.4 17 21 3 15.5 19.2 11.0 24.60 1.5 4 8.5 17.5 10.0 7.5 -- 7.5 -- 6.6 1.2 3.8 7.5 6.6 9.0
12 25.0 27.5 15.0 25 25.9 33.4 19 23 3 17.5 21.6 13.5 27.80 1.5 4 8.5 17.5 10.0 7.5 -- 6.5 -- 5.6 1.2 3.8 7.5 6.6 9.0
14 28.5 32.0 17.0 25 28.4 33.4 21 25 3 20.5 24.6 17.0 30.95 1.5 4 8.5 17.5 10.0 7.5 -- 6.5 -- 5.6 1.2 3.8 9.0 6.6 10.5
15 28.5 32.0 17.0 25 -- -- -- -- -- 20.5 24.6 17.0 30.95 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 7.5 -- 6.6 1.2 3.8 9.0 -- 10.5
16 28.5 32.0 17.0 25 28.4 33.4 23 27 3 22.0 28.0 17.0 30.95 1.5 4 8.5 17.5 10.0 7.5 -- 8.5 -- 7.5 1.5 5.0 9.0 6.6 10.5
18 32.0 34.5 19.5 25 30.0 37.5 27 33 3 24.0 30.0 20.0 34.15 2.0 5 9.0 19.5 11.5 8.5 12.5 9.0 10.0 8.0 1.5 5.0 9.0 7.5 10.5
20 37.0 39.5 21.5 25 30.0 37.5 29 35 3 29.5 35.0 21.5 35.70 2.0 5 9.0 19.5 11.5 8.5 12.5 8.5 9.5 7.5 1.5 5.0 9.0 7.5 10.5
22 37.0 39.5 21.5 25 30.0 37.5 31 37 3 29.5 35.0 23.0 37.30 2.0 5 9.0 19.5 11.5 8.5 12.5 8.5 9.5 7.5 1.5 5.0 9.0 7.5 10.5
24 42.5 45.0 22.5 25 32.5 42.5 33 39 3 32.0 38.0 26.5 40.50 2.0 5 9.0 19.5 11.5 8.5 12.5 8.5 9.5 7.5 1.5 5.0 9.0 7.5 10.5
25 42.5 45.0 23.0 25 32.5 42.5 34 40 3 32.0 38.0 26.5 40.50 2.0 5 9.0 19.5 11.5 8.5 12.5 8.5 9.5 7.5 1.5 5.0 9.0 7.5 10.5
28 49.0 51.5 26.5 33 35.0 42.5 37 43 3 36.0 42.0 29.5 47.65 2.0 5 9.0 19.5 11.5 8.5 14.0 10.0 11.0 9.0 1.5 5.0 10.5 7.5 12.0
30 49.0 51.5 26.5 33 35.0 42.5 39 45 3 39.2 45.0 32.5 50.80 2.0 5 9.0 19.5 11.5 8.5 14.0 11.5 11.0 10.5 1.5 5.0 10.5 7.5 12.0
32 53.5 56.0 27.5 33 35.0 47.5 42 48 3 42.2 48.0 32.5 50.80 2.0 5 9.0 19.5 11.5 8.5 14.0 11.5 11.0 10.5 1.5 5.0 10.5 7.5 12.0
33 53.5 56.0 27.5 33 35.0 47.5 42 48 3 44.2 50.0 36.5 54.00 2.0 5 9.0 19.5 11.5 8.5 14.5 12.0 11.5 11.0 1.5 5.0 10.5 7.5 12.0
35 57.0 59.5 28.5 33 35.0 47.5 44 50 3 46.2 52.0 36.5 54.00 2.0 5 9.0 19.5 11.5 8.5 14.5 12.0 11.5 11.0 1.5 5.0 10.5 7.5 12.0
38 59.0 61.5 30.0 33 36.0 46.0 49 56 4 49.2 55.0 39.5 57.15 2.0 6 9.0 22.0 14.0 10.0 14.5 11.3 11.5 10.3 1.5 5.0 10.5 9.0 12.0
40 62.0 64.5 30.0 33 36.0 46.0 51 58 4 52.2 58.0 42.5 60.35 2.0 6 9.0 22.0 14.0 10.0 14.5 11.8 11.5 10.8 1.5 5.0 10.5 9.0 12.0
43 65.5 68.0 30.0 41 36.0 51.0 54 61 4 53.3 62.0 46.0 63.50 2.0 6 9.0 22.0 14.0 10.0 17.0 13.2 14.3 12.0 2.0 6.0 10.5 9.0 12.0
45 68.0 70.5 30.0 41 36.0 51.0 56 63 4 55.3 64.0 46.0 63.50 2.0 6 9.0 22.0 14.0 10.0 17.0 12.8 14.3 11.6 2.0 6.0 10.5 9.0 12.0
48 70.5 73.0 30.5 41 36.0 51.0 59 66 4 59.7 68.4 49.0 66.70 2.0 6 9.0 22.0 14.0 10.0 17.0 12.8 14.3 11.6 2.0 6.0 10.5 9.0 12.0
50 74.0 74.5 30.5 41 38.0 50.5 62 70 4 60.8 69.3 52.0 69.85 2.5 6 9.0 23.0 15.0 10.5 17.0 12.8 14.3 11.6 2.0 6.0 12.0 9.5 13.5
53 78.5 82.5 33.0 41 36.5 59.0 65 73 4 63.8 72.3 55.5 73.05 2.5 6 9.0 23.0 15.0 12.0 17.0 13.5 14.3 12.3 2.0 6.0 12.0 11.0 13.5

55 81.0 85.5 35.0 41 36.5 59.0 67 75 4 66.5 75.4 58.5 76.20 2.5 6 9.0 23.0 15.0 12.0 18.0 14.5 15.3 13.3 2.0 6.0 12.0 11.0 13.5
58 85.5 89.5 37.0 41 41.5 59.0 70 78 4 69.5 78.4 61.5 79.40 2.5 6 9.0 23.0 15.0 12.0 18.0 14.5 15.3 13.3 2.0 6.0 12.0 11.0 13.5
60 85.5 92.5 38.0 41 41.5 59.0 72 80 4 71.5 80.4 61.5 79.40 2.5 6 9.0 23.0 15.0 12.0 18.0 14.5 15.3 13.3 2.0 6.0 12.0 11.0 13.5
65 93.5 97.5 40.0 49 41.5 69.0 77 85 4 76.5 85.4 68.0 92.10 2.5 6 9.0 23.0 15.0 12.0 18.0 14.2 15.3 13.0 2.0 6.0 14.5 11.0 16.0
68 96.5 100.5 40.0 49 41.2 68.7 81 90 4 82.7 91.5 71.0 95.25 2.5 7 9.0 26.2 18.0 12.5 19.0 14.9 16.0 13.7 2.0 6.0 14.5 11.3 16.0
70 99.5 103.5 40.0 49 48.7 68.7 83 92 4 83.0 92.0 71.0 95.25 2.5 7 9.0 26.2 18.0 12.5 18.0 14.2 15.3 13.0 2.0 6.0 14.5 11.3 16.0
75 107.0 111.0 40.0 52 48.7 68.7 88 97 4 90.2 99.0 77.5 101.60 2.5 7 9.0 26.2 18.0 12.5 18.0 15.2 15.3 14.0 2.0 6.0 14.5 11.3 16.0
80 112.0 116.0 40.0 56 48.0 78.0 95 105 4 95.2 104.0 84.0 114.30 3.0 7 9.0 26.2 18.2 13.0 19.0 16.2 16.3 15.0 2.0 6.0 18.5 12.0 20.0
85 120.0 124.0 41.0 56 46.0 76.0 100 110 4 100.2 109.0 87.0 117.50 3.0 7 9.0 26.2 18.2 15.0 19.0 16.0 16.3 14.8 2.0 6.0 18.5 14.0 20.0
90 127.0 131.0 45.0 59 51.0 76.0 105 115 4 105.2 114.0 93.5 123.85 3.0 7 9.0 26.2 18.2 15.0 19.0 16.0 16.3 14.8 2.0 6.0 18.5 14.0 20.0
95 132.0 136.0 46.0 59 51.0 76.0 110 120 4 111.6 120.3 96.5 127.00 3.0 7 9.0 25.2 17.2 15.0 20.0 17.0 17.3 15.8 2.0 6.0 18.5 14.0 20.0
100 137.0 141.0 47.0 59 51.0 76.0 115 125 4 114.5 123.3 103.0 133.35 3.0 7 9.0 25.2 17.2 15.0 20.0 17.0 17.3 15.8 2.0 6.0 18.5 14.0 20.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

The usual stationary part types:

PF. L9 PF. L4 PF. L13

TYPE LRB17 - TYPE LRB17E - TYPE LRB17KU - TYPE LRB17NU

PF. L6 PF. L50 PF. L60

Tolerances l1 d1 10… 12 mm ± 0.5; 14… 18 mm ± 1.0; 20… 25 mm ± 1.5; 28… 100 mm ± 2.0

129
BELLOWS SEALS

LRB25-R - LRB25KU-R and LRB25NU-R SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
• Single cylindrical spring.

OPERATING LIMITS:
d1= 10 ÷ 100 mm p= 20 kg/cm²
v= 15 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
COMPONENTS: (*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
1 Rotating contact surface secondary seals used.
2 Stationary contact surface
3 Bellows The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is
3a Elastomeric cup determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
4 Spring the application.
5 Ring
5a Metal frame
DESCRIPTION:
An extremely versatile general-use mechanical seal.
It has metal tabs that reduce fatigue and tension in
the rubber bellow when in the working position.
A balanced seal without the need for a stepped shaft.
The seal can operate in applications with high pres-
sures without suffering premature wear.
Types:
LRB25KU-R and LRB25NU-R: standardised dimen-
sions in accordance with standard EN 12756 (KU
and NU respectively).

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm Dimensions in inches
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Shaft Rotary part Stationary part

mm d3 d4 I3 I3KU I3NU d6 d7 I4 (“) mm d3 d4 I3 d7 I4


10 20 22 15 27.5 35.0 15 21 5.0 0,375 9,53 20 22 15 22,23 7,9
12 22 24 15 26.5 34.0 17 23 6.0 0,500 12,70 24 26 15 25,40 7,9
14 24 26 15 29.0 34.0 19 25 6.0
0,625 15,88 26 28 15 31,75 10,3
15 25 27 15 29.0 34.0 20 26 6.0
0,750 19,05 32 34 20 34,93 10,3
16 26 28 15 29.0 34.0 23 27 6.0
18 32 34 20 31.5 39.0 25 33 6.0 0,875 22,23 36 38 20 38,10 10,3
20 34 36 20 31.5 39.0 27 35 6.0 1,000 25,40 39 41 20 41,28 11,1
22 36 38 20 31.5 39.0 29 37 6.0 1,125 28,58 42 44 26 44,45 11,1
24 38 40 20 34.0 44.0 31 39 6.0 1,250 31,75 46 48 26 47,63 11,1
25 39 41 20 34.0 44.0 32 40 6.0
1,375 34,93 49 51 26 50,80 11,1
28 42 44 26 36.5 44.0 35 43 6.0
30 44 46 26 35.5 43.0 37 45 7.0 1,500 38,10 54 58 30 53,98 11,1
32 46 48 26 35.5 48.0 40 48 7.0 1,625 41,28 56 60 30 60,33 12,7
33 47 49 26 35.5 48.0 40 48 7.0 1,750 44,45 61 65 30 63,50 12,7
35 49 51 26 34.5 47.0 42 50 8.0 1,875 47,63 64 68 30 66,68 12,7
38 54 58 30 37.0 47.0 47 56 8.0 2,000 50,80 66 70 30 69,85 12,7
40 56 60 30 37.0 47.0 49 58 8.0
2,125 53,98 69 73 30 76,20 14,3
43 59 63 30 37.0 52.0 52 61 8.0
45 61 65 30 37.0 52.0 54 63 8.0 2,250 57,15 78 83 33 79,38 14,3
48 64 68 30 35.0 50.0 57 66 10.0 2,375 60,33 80 85 33 82,55 14,3
50 66 70 30 37.5 50.0 60 70 10.0 2,500 63,50 83 88 33 85,73 14,3
53 69 73 30 37.5 50.0 63 73 10.0 2,625 66,68 88 93 33 85,73 15,9
55 71 75 30 37.5 50.0 65 75 10.0
2,750 69,85 90 95 33 88,90 15,9
58 78 83 33 42.5 60.0 68 78 10.0
60 80 85 33 40.5 58.0 70 80 12.0 2,875 73,03 96 101 33 95,25 15,9
63 83 88 33 40.5 58.0 73 83 12.0 3,000 76,20 99 104 40 98,43 15,9
65 85 90 33 40.5 68.0 75 85 12.0 3,125 79,38 103 108 40 101,60 19,8
68 88 93 33 40.5 68.0 79 90 12.0 3,250 82,55 104 109 40 104,78 19,8
70 90 95 33 48.0 68.0 81 92 12.0 3,375 85,73 108 114 40 107,95 19,8
75 99 104 40 48.0 68.0 86 97 12.0
3,500 88,90 112 117 40 111,13 19,8
80 104 109 40 47.5 77.5 92 105 12.5
85 109 114 40 47.5 77.5 97 110 12.5 3,625 92,08 114 119 40 114,30 19,8
90 114 119 40 52.5 77.5 102 115 12.5 3,750 95,25 118 124 40 117,48 19,8
95 119 124 40 52.5 77.5 117 120 12.5 3,875 98,43 122 127 40 120,65 19,8
100 124 129 40 52.5 77.5 122 125 12.5 4,000 101,60 124 129 40 123,83 19,8
Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

130
BELLOWS SEALS

AR / LRB31 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
1 Rotating contact surface • Single cylindrical spring.
2 Stationary contact surface
3 Bellows. OPERATING LIMITS:
3a Elastomeric cup
4 Spring d1= 6 ÷ 70 mm p= 6 kg/cm²
5 Ring
5a Blocking ring v= 10 m/s t= -20÷ +140oC (*)
5b Metal frame
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Economic mechanical seal with small dimensions,
used in large household pump productions for re-
circulating water or for working conditions with low
demands.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part

mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I5 I6
6 18 23 8.0 +0.5 8 22.0 4.0 0.5 3.5
6A 18 23 11.0 +0.5 8 22.0 4.0 0.5 3.5
8 20 23 11.0 +0.5 10 22.0 4.0 0.5 3.5
8A 20 27 11.0 +0.5 10 26.0 5.5 1.0 5.0
8B 24 27 11.0 +0.5 10 26.0 8.0 1.0 6.0
10 24 27 11.0 +0.5 12 26.0 8.0 1.0 6.0
11 24 27 11.0 +0.5 13 26.0 8.0 1.0 6.0
11 A 24 27 13.0 +0.5 13 26.0 8.0 1.0 6.0
12 A 24 27 11.0 +0.5 14 26.0 8.0 1.0 6.0
12 B 24 27 12.8 +0.7 14 26.0 8.0 1.0 6.0
12 C 24 27 13.0 +0.7 14 26.0 5.5 1.0 6.0
13 24 27 12.8 +0.7 15 26.0 8.0 1.0 6.0
13 A 24 27 13.0 +0.7 15 26.0 5.5 1.0 6.0
14 A 32 35 12.8 +0.7 16 29.5 8.0 1.0 6.0
14 B 28 30 12.8 +0.7 18 28.5 7.5 1.0 5.5
14 C 28 30 13.0 +0.7 18 28.5 8.0 1.0 5.5
15 32 35 12.8 +0.7 17 29.5 8.0 1.0 6.0
15 A 28 35 13.0 +0.7 17 30.0 8.0 1.0 6.0
16 A 32 35 12.8 +0.7 18 29.5 8.0 1.0 6.0
16 B 39 43 12.8 +0.7 18 38.0 8.0 1.0 6.0
17 39 43 12.8 +0.7 19 42.0 8.0 1.0 6.0
18 39 43 12.8 +0.7 20 42.0 8.0 1.0 6.0
19 39 43 12.8 +0.7 21 42.0 8.0 1.0 6.0
20 A 39 43 12.8 +0.7 22 42.0 8.0 1.0 6.0
20 B 42 47 12.8 +0.7 22 45.0 10.0 1.0 8.0
22 42 47 12.8 +0.7 24 45.0 10.0 1.0 8.0
22 A 39 47 13.0 +0.7 24 42.0 8.0 1.0 8.0
23 47 52 13.5 +1.0 25 50.0 10.0 1.0 8.0
24 47 52 13.5 +1.0 26 50.0 10.0 1.0 8.0
25 A 42 52 13.5 +1.0 27 50.0 10.0 1.0 8.0
25 B 47 52 13.5 +1.0 27 50.0 10.0 1.0 8.0
25 C 42 52 13.0 +1.0 27 45.0 10.0 1.0 8.0
26 47 52 13.5 +1.0 29 50.0 10.0 1.0 8.0
27 47 52 13.5 +1.0 30 50.0 10.0 1.0 8.0
28 54 60 15.0 +1.0 31 57.0 10.0 1.0 8.0
30 54 60 15.0 +1.0 33 57.0 10.0 1.0 8.0
32 54 60 15.0 +1.0 35 57.0 10.0 1.0 8.0
35 60 70 16.0 +1.0 38 63.0 10.0 1.0 8.0
38 65 75 18.0 +1.0 41 68.0 12.0 2.0 9.0
40 65 75 18.0 +1.0 43 68.0 12.0 2.0 9.0
45 70 80 20.0 +1.0 48 73.0 12.0 2.0 9.0
50 85 95 23.0 +1.0 53 88.0 15.0 2.0 12.0
55 85 95 23.0 +1.0 95 88.0 15.0 2.0 12.0
60 105 115 30.0 +1.0 63 110.0 15.0 2.0 12.0
65 105 115 30.0 +1.0 68 110.0 15.0 2.0 12.0
70 105 115 32.0 +1.0 73 110.0 15.0 2.0 12.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

131
BELLOWS SEALS

LRB50 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Balanced.
COMPONENTS: • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
1 Rotating contact surface • Single cylindrical spring.
2 Stationary contact surface
3 Bellows
3a O-rings
OPERATING LIMITS:
4 Spring
5 Ring
d1= 14 ÷ 100 mm p= 20 kg/cm²
5a Metal frame
v= 15 m/s t= -15÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
A balanced seal without the need for a stepped shaft.
The casing of the rotating part protects the bellows
from abrasion and from the rotation transmission
tensions, and the spring from blocking in the event of
being contaminated by fibres and particles.
It is recommended for use with highly viscous or stic-
ky fluids containing fibres or particles, or with fluids
that produce a chemical attack on the shaft.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I5 I6 I1K
14 24 26 23.0 21 25 12.0 1.5 4 35.0
16 26 28 23.0 23 27 12.0 1.5 4 35.0
18 32 34 24.0 27 33 13.5 2.0 4 37.5
20 34 36 24.0 29 35 13.5 2.0 5 37.5
22 36 38 24.0 31 37 13.5 2.0 5 37.5
24 38 40 26.7 33 39 13.5 2.0 5 40.2
25 39 41 27.0 34 40 13.0 2.0 5 40.0
28 42 44 30.0 37 43 12.5 2.0 5 42.5
30 44 46 30.5 39 45 12.0 2.0 5 42.5
32 46 48 30.5 42 48 12.0 2.0 5 42.5
33 47 49 30.5 42 48 12.0 2.0 5 42.5
35 49 51 30.5 44 50 12.0 2.0 5 42.5
38 54 58 32.0 49 56 13.0 2.0 6 45.0
40 56 60 32.0 51 58 13.0 2.0 6 45.0
43 59 63 32.0 54 61 13.0 2.0 6 45.0
45 61 65 32.0 56 63 13.0 2.0 6 45.0
48 64 68 32.0 59 66 13.0 2.0 6 45.0
50 66 70 34.0 62 70 13.5 2.5 6 47.5
53 69 73 34.0 65 73 13.5 2.5 6 47.5
55 71 75 34.0 67 75 13.5 2.5 6 47.5
58 78 83 39.0 70 78 13.5 2.5 6 52.5
60 80 85 39.0 72 80 13.5 2.5 6 52.5
63 83 88 39.0 75 83 13.5 2.5 6 52.5
65 85 90 39.0 77 85 13.5 2.5 6 52.5
68 88 93 39.0 81 90 13.5 2.5 7 52.5
70 90 95 45.5 83 92 14.5 2.5 7 60.0
75 95 104 45.5 88 97 14.5 2.5 7 60.0
80 104 109 45.0 95 105 14.5 2.5 7 60.0
85 109 114 45.0 100 110 14.5 2.5 7 60.0
90 110 119 50.0 105 115 15.0 3.0 7 65.0
95 119 124 50.0 110 120 15.0 3.0 7 65.0
100 124 129 50.0 115 125 15.0 3.0 7 65.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

132
BELLOWS SEALS

LTB16 SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
COMPONENTS: • Not dependent on the rotation direction.
1 Rotating contact surface • External mounting.
2 Stationary contact surface
3 Bellows OPERATING LIMITS:
3a PTFE gasket
4 Spring d1= 25 ÷ 100 mm p= 12 kg/cm²
5 Ring
5a Set screw v= 16 m/s t= -40÷ +200oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
This mechanical seal model is mostly made of PTFE
and other materials that are resistant to chemically
aggressive products. The metal parts are isolated
from the process fluid.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm Dimensions in inches
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Shaft Rotary part Stationary part

mm d3 I3 d6 d7 I4 I5 (“) mm d3 I3 d6 d7 I4 I5
20 57 31 51 40.6 8 4.8 0,875 22,23 57 31 51 40,6 8 4,8
25 61 33 54 42.86 8.0 4.8 1,000 25,40 61 33 54 42,9 8 4,8
28 67 36 65 50.80 11.0 8.0 1,125 28,58 67 36 65 50,8 11 8
30 70 37 68 53.98 11.0 8.0 1,250 31,75 70 37 68 54 11 8
32 70 37 68 53.98 11.0 8.0 1,375 34,93 73 38 71 57,2 11 8
33 73 38 71 57.15 11.0 8.0 1,500 38,10 76 38 78 63,5 11 8
35 73 38 71 57.15 11.0 8.0 1,625 41,28 80 40 84 69,9 11 8
38 76 38 78 63.50 11.0 8.0 1,750 44,45 83 40 84 69,9 11 8
40 80 40 81 66.68 11.0 8.0 1,875 47,63 86 43 97 79,4 14,3 9,5
43 83 40 84 69.85 11.0 8.0 2,000 50,80 89 43 97 79,4 14,3 9,5
45 83 40 84 69.85 11.0 8.0 2,125 53,98 103 53 103 95,7 14,3 9,5
48 89 43 97 79.38 14.3 9.5 2,250 57,15 107 53 106 88,9 14,3 9,5
50 89 43 97 79.38 14.3 9.5 2,375 60,33 110 53 106 88,9 14,3 9,5
53 103 53 100 82.55 14.3 9.5 2,500 63,50 113 53 110 92,1 14,3 9,5
55 107 53 103 85.73 14.3 9.5 2,625 66,68 116 53 116 98,4 14,3 9,5
58 110 53 106 88.90 14.3 9.5 2,750 69,85 118 53 116 98,4 14,3 9,5
60 110 53 106 88.90 14.3 9.5 2,875 73,03 122 53 121 103,2 14,3 9,5
63 113 53 110 92.08 14.3 9.5 3,000 76,20 126 53 121 103,2 14,3 9,5
65 116 53 113 95.25 14.3 9.5 3,250 82,55 150 73 138 120,7 14,3 9,5
68 118 53 116 98.43 14.3 9.5 3,500 88,90 156 73 144 127 14,3 9,5
70 118 53 116 98.43 14.3 9.5 3,750 95,25 163 73 144 127 14,3 9,5
75 126 53 121 103.19 14.3 9.5 4,000 101,60 169 73 151 133,4 14,3 9,5
80 150 73 132 114.30 14.3 9.5
85 156 73 138 120.65 14.3 9.5
90 163 73 144 127.00 14.3 9.5
95 163 73 144 127.00 14.3 9.5
100 169 73 151 133.35 14.3 9.5

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

133
BELLOWS SEALS

PNL SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Unbalanced.
• Not dependent on the rotation direction.
COMPONENTS:
• Single cylindrical spring.
1 Rotating contact surface
2 Stationary contact surface
3 Bellows
3a Elastomeric cup OPERATING LIMITS:
4 Spring
5 Ring d1= 8 ÷ 40 mm p= 12 kg/cm²
5a Drive ring
5b Metal frame v= 10 m/s t= -20÷ +120oC (*)
(*) The temperature resistance depends on the material of the
secondary seals used.

The operating limits are defined by the PV factor which is


determined for the sealing system characteristics and those of
the application.

DESCRIPTION:
Mechanical seal with a simple design for general use.

DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Rotary part Stationary part Total length

mm d3 d4 I3 d6 d7 I4 I5 I6 I1
8 22 27 15.5 14 26.00 5.5 0.5 4.5 21.0
10 22 27 15.5 14 26.00 5.5 0.5 4.5 21.0
11 22 27 15.5 14 26.00 5.5 0.5 4.5 21.0
12 22 27 15.5 14 26.00 5.5 0.5 4.5 21.0
13 A 28 33 18.0 17 29.50 8.0 1.0 6.0 26.0
13 B 32 37 13.0 17 29.50 8.0 1.0 6.0 21.0
14 B 28 33 18.0 17 29.50 8.0 1.0 6.0 26.0
14 C 28 33 22.0 19 23.10 6.0 1.2 3.0 28.0
14 A 32 37 13.0 17 29.50 8.0 1.0 6.0 21.0
15 A 28 33 18.0 17 29.50 8.0 1.0 6.0 26.0
15 B 32 37 13.0 17 29.50 8.0 1.0 6.0 21.0
16 C 28 33 18.0 17 29.50 8.0 1.0 6.0 26.0
16 F 28 33 23.0 21 26.90 7.0 1.5 4.0 30.0
16 E 31 36 29.0 17 29.50 8.0 1.0 6.0 37.0
16 A 32 37 13.0 17 29.50 8.0 1.0 6.0 21.0
16 D 32 37 13.0 17 42.00 8.0 1.0 6.0 21.0
16 B 33 38 16.3 17 29.50 8.0 1.0 6.0 24.0
18 A 32 37 24.0 20 42.00 8.0 1.0 6.0 32.0
18 B 32 37 24.0 25 30.90 8.0 1.5 4.0 32.0
19.05 32 37 19.0 22 35.00 10.2 1.2 7.8 24.0
19.05 32 37 22.0 22 35.00 10.2 1.2 7.8 32.2
20 A 32 37 22.0 22 42.00 8.0 1.0 6.0 30.0
20 B 44 49 14.0 22 42.00 8.0 1.0 6.0 22.0
22 A 39 44 25.0 30 35.40 8.0 2.0 4.0 33.0
22 44 49 14.0 23 42.00 8.0 1.0 6.0 22.0
25.4 42 47 27.2 29 41.25 11.0 1.5 8.5 38.2
30 B 52 57 28.0 33 52.00 12.0 1.5 8.5 40.0
30A 60 65 22.0 33 52.00 12.0 1.5 8.5 34.0
31.75 52 57 49.2 34 47.62 11.0 1.5 8.5 60.2
40 63 68 35.0 45 68.00 12.0 1.5 8.5 47.0

Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

134
AUXILIARY PRODUCTS

LCY SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Working pressure: 64 bar.
CLEAN FLUID • Temperature: up to 125º C
• Materials: Stainless steel.

DESCRIPTION:
Working fluids often contain sand particles, incrus-
SEALED CHAMBER
ted residue from boilers and pipes etc. which can
damage the mechanical seal and reduce its durabili-
PUMP
DISCHARGE
ty. Situations of this type can be avoided by installing
ZONE a cyclone.
This type of element is installed outside the pump,
between the discharge zone and the mechanical
PARTICLES
seal chamber. A current or vortex of pressurised
fluid is generated inside it and the effect of the cen-
trifugal force separates the particles suspended in
the fluid. The particles that are heavier than the fluid
are thrown towards the walls and dragged to the
lower part of the LC, while the clean fluid emerges
from the top and is returned to the chamber where
the mechanical seal is located.
API31 and API41 configuration.
These elements require no maintenance and do not
become blocked over time.

LHP SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Temperature: - 30º C to +110º C.
• Working pressure: 30 bar.
• Volume (L) : 2 l.
• Flow rate: 15 ml / run-out
• Materials: Stainless steel / polyethylene.

DESCRIPTION:
LHP with a built-in tank for placing on the reservoir.
Installed directly in the LTS reservoir.

135
AUXILIARY PRODUCTS

LQT SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Temperature: -60º C to +200º C.
• Working pressure: up to 25 bar.
• Volume: 4, 6, 10 l.
• Materials: Stainless steel.

DESCRIPTION:
LST for supplying barrier fluid with or without
pressure in double cartridge or mechanical
seal installations which enables the circulation
of the barrier fluid due to the thermosyphon
effect or the pumping ring (mechanical seal).
API52, API53 and API53A configuration.

LS SECTORS:

CHARACTERISTICS:
• Ring with two allen screws for attaching it
to the shaft.

DESCRIPTION:
This element is attached to the shaft to permanently
ensure the compression of the rotating part of the
mechanical seal. It can be used with rubber bellows
or single spring mechanical seals.
DIMENSIONS CHART
Dimensions in mm
Shaft Shaft

mm d3 I1 mm d3 I1
12.0 21.0 7.5 41.2 55.0 10.0
12.7 21.0 7.5 43.0 58.0 10.0
14.0 23.0 7.5 44.4 60.0 10.0
15.0 24.0 7.5 45.0 60.0 10.0
15.8 25.0 7.5 47.6 63.0 10.0
16.0 25.0 7.5 48.0 63.0 10.0
18.0 31.0 7.5 50.0 65.0 10.0
19.1 31.0 7.5 50.8 65.0 10.0
20.0 33.0 7.5 53.0 68.0 10.0
22.0 35.0 7.5 53.9 68.0 10.0
22.2 35.0 7.5 55.0 70.0 10.0
24.0 37.0 7.5 57.1 70.0 10.0
25.0 38.0 7.5 60.0 79.0 10.0
25.4 38.0 7.5 60.3 79.0 10.0
28.0 41.0 7.5 63.5 82.0 10.0
28.6 41.0 7.5 65.0 84.0 12.0
30.0 43.0 7.5 66.6 84.0 12.0
31.7 45.0 7.5 69.8 89.0 12.0
32.0 45.0 10.0 70.0 89.0 12.0
33.0 46.0 10.0 73.0 95.0 12.0
35.0 48.0 10.0 75.0 98.0 12.0
38.0 53.0 10.0 76.2 98.0 12.0
40.0 55.0 10.0 Dimensions subject to changes or modifications.

136
AUXILIARY PRODUCTS

LST8 SECTORES:

CARACTÉRISTIQUES :
• Temperature: -60º C to +200º C.
• Working pressure: up to 16 bar.
• Volume: 8 l.
• Materials: AISI304.

DESCRIPTION :
LST8 for supplying barrier fluid with or without pressure
in double cartridge or mechanical seal.
It includes a cooling coil to regulate the temperature of
the barrier fluid.
Installations which enables the circulation of the barrier
fluid due to the thermosyphon effect or the pumping
ring (mechanical seal). API52, API53 and API53A con-
figuration.
It may be supplied with instruments for automatic level,
pressure and temperature control.

LST9 SECTORS:

CARACTÉRISTIQUES :
• Temperature: -60º C to +200º C.
• Working pressure: up to 25 bar.
• Volume: 9 l.
• Materials: Stainless steel.

DESCRIPTION :
LST9 for supplying barrier fluid with or without pres-
sure in double cartridge or mechanical seal.
It includes a cooling coil to regulate the temperature
of the barrier fluid.
Installations which enables the circulation of the
barrier fluid due to the thermosyphon effect or the
pumping ring (mechanical seal). API52, API53 and
API53A configuration.
It may be supplied with instruments for automatic
level, pressure and temperature control.

137
STATIONARY PARTS

With O-Ring
With anti-rotation pin and housing
dimensions EN 12756
L16 L1DIN L9

d1 d6 d7 d8 I5 I6 I8 I4
10 17 21 3 1,5 4 8,5 - - 10
12 19 23 3 1,5 4 8,5 - - 10
14 21 25 3 1,5 4 8,5 - - 10
16 23 27 3 1,5 4 8,5 - - 10
18 27 33 3 2 5 9 7 - 11,5
20 29 35 3 2 5 9 7 10 11,5
22 31 37 3 2 5 9 7 10 11,5
24 33 39 3 2 5 9 7 10 11,5
25 34 40 3 2 5 9 7 10 11,5
28 37 43 3 2 5 9 7 10 11,5
30 39 45 3 2 5 9 7 10 11,5
32 42 48 3 2 5 9 7 10 11,5
33 42 48 3 2 5 9 7 10 11,5
35 44 50 3 2 5 9 7 10 11,5
38 49 56 4 2 6 9 7 11 14
40 51 58 4 2 6 9 8 11 14
43 54 61 4 2 6 9 8 11 14
45 56 63 4 2 6 9 8 11 14
48 59 66 4 2 6 9 8 11 14
50 62 70 4 2,5 6 9 9,5 13 15
53 65 73 4 2,5 6 9 9,5 13 15
55 67 75 4 2,5 6 9 9,5 13 15
58 70 78 4 2,5 6 9 10,5 13 15 PF. L1 DIN PF. L9 (*)
60 72 80 4 2,5 6 9 10,5 13 15 PF. L9
65 77 85 4 2,5 6 9 10,5 13 15
68 81 90 4 2,5 7 9 11 15 18 PF. L16
70 83 92 4 2,5 7 9 11,5 15 18
75 88 97 4 2,5 7 9 11,5 15 18
80 95 105 4 3 7 9 11,5 15,5 18,2
85 100 110 4 3 7 9 11,5 15,5 18,2
90 105 115 4 3 7 9 13 15,5 18,2
95 110 120 4 3 7 9 13 15,5 17,2
100 115 125 4 3 7 9 13 15,5 17,2

Without anti-rotation pin and housing


dimensions EN 12756
L606/ L6 LDIN

d1 d6 d7 I4 I5 I6
10 17 21 6,6 7 1,5 4
12 19 23 6,6 7 1,5 4
14 21 25 6,6 7 1,5 4
16 23 27 6,6 7 1,5 4
18 27 33 7,5 10 2 5
20 29 35 7,5 10 2 5
22 31 37 7,5 10 2 5
24 33 39 7,5 10 2 5
25 34 40 7,5 10 2 5
28 37 43 7,5 10 2 5
30 39 45 7,5 10 2 5
32 42 48 7,5 10 2 5
33 42 48 7,5 10 2 5
35 44 50 7,5 10 2 5
38 49 56 9 13 2 6
40 51 58 9 13 2 6
43 54 61 9 13 2 6
45 56 63 9 13 2 6
48 59 66 9 13 2 6
50 62 70 9,5 14 2,5 6
53 65 73 11 14 2,5 6
55 67 75 11 14 2,5 6 PF. L DIN (*) PF. L DIN
58 70 78 11 14 2,5 6
60 72 80 11 14 2,5 6
PF. L606 PF. L6
65 77 85 11 14 2,5 6
68 81 90 11,3 16 2,5 7
70 83 92 11,3 16 2,5 7
75 88 97 11,3 16 2,5 7
80 95 105 12 18 3 7
85 100 110 14 18 3 7
90 105 115 14 18 3 7
95 110 120 14 18 3 7
100 115 125 14 18 3 7 *(Only supplied in carbon).

138
STATIONARY PARTS

With O-Ring
Without Anti-Rotation Pin
L4/L7/L13 L L4/L7/L13 L L7 L L4/ L7 L13 L7

d1 d6 d7 d13 I4 I5 I6 I30
10 15,5 14 19,2 18,1 17 5,5 6,6 - 1,5 4 2
12 17,5 16,5 21,6 20,6 19 5,5 5,6 - 1,5 4 1
14 20,5 19 24,6 23,1 21,5 6 5,6 - 1,5 4 1
16 22 21 28 26,9 24 7 7,5 - 1,5 4 1,5
18 24 25 30 30,9 27,5 7 8 10 2 5 2
20 29,5 25 35 30,9 32 8 7,5 9,5 2 5 1,5
22 29,5 30 35 35,4 32 8 7,5 9,5 2 5 1,5
24 32 30 38 35,4 35 8 7,5 9,5 2 5 1,5
25 32 33 38 38,2 35 8,5 7,5 9,5 2 5 1,5
28 36 38 42 43,3 38 9 9 11 2 5 3
30 39,2 38 45 43,3 42 9 10,5 11 2 5 3,5 PF. L13
32 42,2 38 48 43,3 45 9 10,5 11 2 5 4,5 PF.L (*)
33 44,2 45 50 53,5 46 11,5 11 11,5 2 5 5
35 46,2 45 52 53,5 48 11,5 11 11,5 2 5 5
*(Only supplied in carbon).
38 49,2 52 55 60,5 52 11,5 10,3 11,5 2 6 4,3
40 52,2 52 58 60,5 55 11,5 10,8 11,5 2 6 4,8
43 53,3 57 62 60,5 59 11,5 12 14,3 2 6 2,5
45 55,3 57 64 65,5 59 11,5 11,6 14,3 2 6 2,2
48 59,7 57 68,4 65,5 65 11,5 11,6 14,3 2 6 2,2
50 60,8 64 69,3 72,5 64 11,5 11,6 14,3 2,5 6 2,2
53 63,8 - 72,3 - 69 - 12,3 14,3 2,5 6 2,5
55 66,5 64 75,4 72,5 71 11,5 13,3 15,3 2,5 6 2,5
58 69,5 - 78,4 - 75,5 - 13,3 15,3 2,5 6 3,5
60 71,5 72 80,4 79,3 75 11,5 13,3 15,3 2,5 6 2,5
65 76,5 77 85,4 84,5 81,5 11,5 13 15,3 2,5 6 3,2
68 82,7 - 91,5 - 87 - 13,7 16 2,5 7 3,7
70 83 82 92 89,5 87 11,5 13 15,3 2,5 7 3,7
75 90,2 87 99 94,5 91 11,5 14 15,3 2,5 7 3,2
80 95,2 92 104 99,5 100 11,5 15 16,3 3 7 4,7
85 100,2 98 109 105,5 102 13,5 14,8 16,3 3 7 4,5
90 105,2 105 114 111,5 110 13,5 14,8 16,3 3 7 3
95 111,6 110 120,3 116,5 116 13,5 15,8 17,3 3 7 4
100 114,5 114 123,3 119,5 119 13,5 15,8 17,3 3 7 4
PF. L4 PF. L7 (*)
PF.L *(Locking ring not included)

With cup
R / L60 / CDIN L50 R L60 CDIN L50

d1 d6 d7 d6 d7 I5 I6 I4
10 17 21 11.0 24,6 1,5 4 5 6,6 8,6 9
12 19 23 13.5 27,8 1,5 4 6 6,6 8,6 9
14 21 25 17.0 30,95 1,5 4 6 6,6 8,6 10,5
16 23 27 17.0 30,95 1,5 4 6 6,6 8,6 10,5
18 27 33 20.0 34,15 2 5 6 7,5 10 10,5
20 29 35 21.5 35,7 2 5 6 7,5 10 10,5
22 31 37 23.0 37,3 2 5 6 7,5 10 10,5
24 33 39 26.5 40,5 2 5 6 7,5 10 10,5
25 34 40 26.5 40,5 2 5 6 7,5 10 10,5
28 37 43 29.5 47,65 2 5 6 7,5 10 12
30 39 45 32.5 50,8 2 5 7 7,5 10 12
32 42 48 32.5 50,8 2 5 7 7,5 10 12
33 42 48 36.5 54 2 5 7 7,5 10 12
35 44 50 36.5 54 2 5 8 7,5 10 12
38 49 56 39.5 57,15 2 6 8 9 11 12
40 51 58 42.5 60,35 2 6 8 9 11 12
43 54 61 46.0 63,5 2 6 8 9 11 12
45 56 63 46.0 63,5 2 6 8 9 11 12
48 59 66 49.0 66,7 2 6 10 9 11 12
50 62 70 52.0 69,85 2,5 6 10 9,5 13 13,5
53 65 73 55.5 73,05 2,5 6 10 11 13 13,5
55 67 75 58.5 76,2 2,5 6 10 11 13 13,5
58 70 78 61.5 79,4 2,5 6 10 11 13 13,5
60 72 80 61.5 79,4 2,5 6 12 11 13 13,5 PF. R
65
68
77
81
85
90
68.0
71.0
92,1
95,25
2,5
2,5
6
7
12
12
11
11,3
13
15,3
16
16
PF. C DIN
70 83 92 71.0 95,25 2,5 7 12 11,3 15,3 16 PF. L50
75 88 97 77.5 101,6 2,5 7 12 11,3 15,3 16
80 95 105 84.0 114,3 3 7 12,5 12 15,7 20 PF. L60
85 100 110 87.0 117,5 3 7 12,5 14 15,7 20
90 105 115 93.5 123,85 3 7 12,5 14 15,7 20
95 110 120 96.5 127 3 7 12,5 14 15,7 20
100 115 125 103.0 133,35 3 7 12,5 14 15,7 20

139
STATIONARY PARTS

In inches

L12 L12/L22/A/C11 L12 / L22 / A L12/L22/A/C11 A / C11 / L22 L12

d1 d6 d7 d8 I5 I6 I4
(“) mm mm inch mm mm mm mm mm mm

0,250 6,350 14,45 0,75 19,05 3 - - - 5,92


0,375 9,525 17,63 0,88 22,23 3 1,5 4,9 7.92 5,92
0,500 12,700 20,80 1,00 25,40 3 1,5 4,9 7.92 5,92
0,625 15,875 27,15 1,25 31,75 3 1,5 7,3 10.31 6,62
0,750 19,050 30,33 1,38 34,93 3 2 6,8 10.31 6,62
0,875 22,225 33,50 1,50 38,10 3 2 6,8 10.31 6,62
1,000 25,400 36,68 1,63 41,28 3 2 7,6 11.10 6,62 PF. L12
1,125 28,575 39,85 1,75 44,45 3 2 7,6 11.10 6,62
1,250 31,750 43,03 1,88 47,63 3 2 7,6 11.10 6,62
1,375 34,925 46,20 2,00 50,80 3 2 7,6 11.10 6,62
1,500 38,100 47,98 2,13 53,98 4 2 7,6 11.10 7,53
1,625 41,275 54,33 2,38 60,33 4 2 9,1 12.70 8,2
1,750 44,450 57,50 2,50 63,50 4 2 9,1 12.70 8,2
1,875 47,625 60,68 2,63 66,68 4 2 9,1 12.70 8,2
2,000 50,800 63,85 2,75 69,85 4 2,5 8,6 12.70 8,2
2,125 53,975 70,20 3,00 76,20 4 2,5 10,2 14.27 9,53
2,250 57,150 73,38 3,13 79,38 4 2,5 10,2 14.27 9,53
2,375 60,325 76,55 3,25 82,55 4 2,5 10,2 14.27 9,53
2,500 63,500 79,73 3,38 85,73 4 2,5 10,2 14.27 9,53
2,625 66,675 79,73 3,38 85,73 4 2,5 11,8 15.88 9,53
2,750 69,850 82,90 3,50 88,90 4 2,5 11,8 15.88 9,53 PF. A PF. C11
2,875 73,025 85,65 3,75 95,25 4 2,5 11,8 15.88 11,33
3,000 76,200 88,83 3,88 98,43 4 3 11,3 15.88 11,33
3,125 79,375 92,00 4,00 101,60 4 3 13,7 19.84 14,33
3,250 82,550 95,18 4,13 104,78 4 3 13,7 19.84 14,33
3,375 85,725 98,35 4,25 107,95 4 3 13,7 19.84 14,33
3,500 88,900 101,53 4,38 111,13 4 3 13,7 19.84 14,33
3,625 92,075 104,70 4,50 114,30 4 3 13,7 19.84 14,33
3,750 95,250 107,88 4,63 117,48 4 3 13,7 19.84 14,33
3,875 98,425 111,05 4,75 120,65 4 3 13,7 19.84 14,33
4,000 101,600 114,23 4,88 123,83 4 3 13,7 19.84 14,33

PF. L22

d1 d7 d10 I9 I10
(“) mm mm mm mm mm

0,750 19,050 36,51 48,00 4,8 8


0,875 22,225 39,69 51,00 4,8 8
1,000 25,400 42,86 54,00 4,8 8
1,125 28,575 50,80 65,00 8 11
1,250 31,750 53,98 68,00 8 11
1,375 34,925 57,15 71,00 8 11
1,500 38,100 63,50 78,00 8 11
1,625 41,275 66,68 81,00 8 11
1,750 44,450 69,85 84,00 8 11
1,875 47,625 73,03 87,00 8 11
2,000 50,800 79,38 97,00 9,5 14,3
2,125 53,975 82,55 100,00 9,5 14,3
2,250 57,150 85,73 103,00 9,5 14,3
2,375 60,325 88,90 106,00 9,5 14,3
2,500 63,500 92,08 110,00 9,5 14,3
2,625 66,675 95,25 113,00 9,5 14,3
2,750 69,850 98,43 116,00 9,5 14,3
2,875 73,025 100,01 117,00 9,5 14,3
3,000 76,200 103,19 121,00 9,5 14,3 PF. T
3,125 79,375 - - - 14,3
3,250 82,550 114,30 132,00 9,5 14,3
3,375 85,725 - - - 14,3
3,500 88,900 120,65 138,00 9,5 14,3
3,625 92,075 - - - 14,3
3,750 95,250 127,00 144,00 9,5 14,3
3,875 98,425 - - - 14,3
4,000 101,600 133,35 151,00 9,5 14,3

140
SPECIAL DESIGNS

Special designs

It is not always possible to use a conventional mechanical seal. Com-


plex applications with special requirements and pumps with small
housings need mechanical seals with non-standard profiles.

Our engineering centre designs and manufactures customised solu-


tions adapted to the specific needs of our customers, in large or small
production runs.

141
RMS SEALS

RMS seals
The RMS seal range is compatible with the most popular pump brands: Flygt®, Grundfos-Sarlin®, ABS®, Alfal Laval®, Hilge®, APV®, Fristam®,
etc. These mechanical seals have special designs for wastewater pumps, heating, food products, pharmaceuticals and many applications in all
kinds of industrial sectors. In most cases, when a pump is repaired, the mechanical seal is not the only element that is replaced. The renewal of other
parts is also recommended, such as O-rings or joints with special profiles, bearings, pins, flat gaskets, etc. We offer kits containing these elements
which are supplied along with the mechanical seal.

TYPE TYPE
ABS® Alfa Laval®

LRB17, AB-107-25, AL-A-22 AL-ALS-45


AB-107-90

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

AB30-25, AB30-48, AL-C-40, AL-C-53 AL-CQ-32


AB30-65, AB30-80, AL-C-60
AB30-90, AB30-100

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

AB-SH-32, AB-SH-40, AL-D-22, AL-D-41.28 AL - E - 22


AB-SH-50, AB-SH-45, AL-D-317
AB-SH-55, AB-SH-60,
AB-SH-65, AB-SH-70
SECTORS SECTORS
SECTORS

AL-E-32 AL- EMR-27


TYPE AL -E-27
Afec®
SECTORS SECTORS

AF-BV-16
AF-FS-20
AF-FS-25 AL-GN-25
AL-F-55
SECTORS AL-F-75 AL-GN-30

SECTORS SECTORS

TYPE
Allweiller® AL-HCL-20, AL-HCL-25, AL - I - 22
AL-HCL-30, AL-HCL-35,
AL-HCL-40

AW-SP-15, AW-SP-20
SECTORS SECTORS

SECTORS

AL-IB-30 AL-LK-32
AL-IB-50.8 AL-LK-40

LS18
SECTORS SECTORS

SECTORS

AL-N-22 AL-S-20, AL-S-30


AL-S-35, AL-S-45
AL-S-55, AL-S-75

TYPE SECTORS SECTORS

Amstrong ®

AL-SD-20, AL-SD-30 AL-SRU-30


AM- VG-28.58 AL-SRU-45
AM- VG-41.28 AL-SRU-55

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

142
RMS SEALS
TYPE TYPE
Alfa Laval® Apec®

AL-TC-19.05 AL-SX-45, AL-SX-70 SC-V-12, SC-V-16,


AL-TC- 28.6 SC-V-22
AL-TC- 38.1
SECTORS SECTORS
SECTORS

TYPE
Alfa Laval® TYPE
Contherm® APV®

AL-CQ-50.8 AL-PF-38.1 AP-H-28.60, AP-H-47.60


AP-H-53.90

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

AL-PR-38.1, AL-PR-50.8, AP-P-25.4


AL-ML-38.1 AL-ML-50.8 AP-P-38.1

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

TYPE TYPE
APV® Bornemann®

AP-W-25 AP-HCH-60 BR-A-2840


AP-W-35 BR-A-4055
SECTORS SECTORS
SECTORS

AP-SIM-25 AP-WP-25 BR-B-2840


AP-WP-35 BR-D-2840

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

AP-R-20, AP-R-25 AP-S-35


AP-R-30
TYPE
SECTORS
SECTORS
CN-Pumps®

AP-WD-40 AP-WF-25 CN-A-12


AP-WD-55 CN-A-16
AP-WF-35
AP-WD-80
SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

TYPE TYPE
Calpeda® Ebara®

AR / LRB31 CP-SH-15 EB-12-S

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

CP-155-1820 EB-15-D, EB-3035,


FN / 155 EB-40-D, EB-45-D,
EB-4045, EB-4550

SECTORS SECTORS

143
RMS SEALS
TYPE TYPE
EMU® Flygt®

EM-D-35, EM-D-50
EM-D-75 SECTORS SECTORS

SECTORS

SECTORS SECTORS
EM-S-35, EM-S-50
EM-S-75

SECTORS
SECTORS SECTORS

SECTORS SECTORS

TYPE TYPE
Frick® Fristam®

FK-MSPF-50.8 FR-30 FR-35

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

FR-CQ-1 FR-CQ-2

SECTORS SECTORS

FR-CQ-3 FR-CQ-4 FR-CQ-5

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

FR-CQ-6 FR-CQ-7 FR-D-45

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

FR-EN-22 FR-EN-22BS FR-EN-30, FR-EN-35


FR-EN-30BS
SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

FR-ENC-22 FR-ENS-22 FR-FM-43

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

FR-FP-736 35 FR-FT-22, FR-FT-30 FR-G-22

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

FR-GL-30-35 FR-GL-50 FR-GL-1301

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

144
RMS SEALS
TYPE TYPE
Fristam® Gorman - Rupp®
FR-LG-22 FR-LG-30 GRN-31’7, GRN-38’1
GRN-47.6
SECTORS SECTORS
SECTORS

FR-LG-35 FR-PD-22
FR-PD-30 TYPE
SECTORS SECTORS Grasso®

GS-MB-60
FR-PFD-22 FR-PFL-22

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

GS-MS-65
FR-S-60 FR-SH-30

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

FR-SH-22 FR-SH-35
GS-WS-18

SECTORS SECTORS

SECTORS

FR-W-38 FR-ZB-18, FR-ZB-22


FR-ZB-30
SECTORS SECTORS
TYPE
Grundfos-Sarlin ®
FR-Z-12, FR-Z-18 GR-A-12, GR-A-16
FR-Z-21 FR-Z-28 GR-A-22
SECTORS SECTORS

TYPE
Grundfos-Sarlin ®

GR-AC-12 GR-A-LG-22 GR-B-12, GR-B-16


GR-AC-16

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

GR-B-SH-12 GR-B-15, GR-B-22 GR-B-32


GR-B-SH-16 GR-B-28, GR-B-33
GR-B-38, GR-B-45
GR-B-48, GR-B-65
SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

GR-C-12-A GR-C-12-12 CQ-GR-13, CQ-GR-16


CQ-GR-15
SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

GR-H-12, GR-H-16 GR-SA-16, GR-SA-25, GR-SA-38-SPRING


GR-H-22 GR-SA-35

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

GR-SA-30-SUP, GR-SA-38-SUP GR-SA-65 GR-SA-4355


GR-SA-50-SUP, GR-SA-65-SUP

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

145
RMS SEALS
TYPE
Grundfos-Sarlin ®

GR-SA-LG-65 GR-SA-32-INF, GR-SA-38-INF GR-SE-22, GR-SE-32


GR-SA-50-INF, GR-SA-65-INF
SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

TYPE TYPE
Herborner® Hidrostal®
HB-A-24, HB-A-28 HI-107-28’60, HI-107-38’10
HI-15’80, HI-28’60
HB-A-38 HI-107-50’80, HI-107-63’50
HI-38’10, HI-50’80
HI-107-76’20
SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

LRB01 HI-130-76’20

SECTORS SECTORS

TYPE
Hilge®

HG-19-S, HG-28-S HG-28 HG-28-SP


HG-38-S
SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

HG-30-SP RN/LS60 HG-NV-45

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

TYPE TYPE
Hisaka® Howden®

HSK-20 HD-MB-C-50 HD-MS-A-44.95


HSK-35 HD-MS-A-53.97
HSK-45 HD-MS-A-66.7
SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

HD-MS-B-44.45 HD-MS-D-66.67

TYPE SECTORS
Imo® SECTORS

IM-G-22
HD-SP-60

SECTORS SECTORS

TYPE TYPE TYPE


Inbeat® Jabsco® Johnson®

IB-15, IB-20 JA-LH-25’4-C JH-AC-24, JH-AC-40


IB-25, IB-35 JH-AC-60
SECTORS
SECTORS SECTORS

JA-LH-31’75, JA-LH-47’6 JH-LP-35, JH-LP-50


JH-LP-70
SECTORS

SECTORS

146
RMS SEALS

TYPE TYPE
Johnson® KSB®

272-IN-28, 272-IN-35 KS-D-40 KS-RB-28


272-IN-50
SECTORS SECTORS
SECTORS

JH-TW-30, JH-TW-48 KS-LSC-65 LWS10


JH-TW-63
SECTORS SECTORS
SECTORS

TYPE TYPE TYPE


Lowara ® Nikuni Pumps® Pedrollo®

LW-B-16 , LW-B-22 NK-A-15, NK-A-17 PD-VX-20


LW-B-25 NK-A-20, NK AOR-17
SECTORS
SECTORS
SECTORS

LW-FH-12, LW-FH-16,
TYPE
NK-B-30
LW-FH-22, LW-FH-25
NK-B-55
Pumpex®
SECTORS SECTORS
PX-KP-40

LW-155-14, LW-155-22
TYPE SECTORS
LW-155-28, LW-155-33
Nochi®
SECTORS

PX-INF-25
KR-12
KR-16
SECTORS SECTORS

TYPE
Pumpex®

PX-SUP-PC-25 PX-KP-50 PX-SUP-25

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

TYPE TYPE TYPE


Marelli®
Mouvex ® Mycon®

AR/LRB31 MVX-A-22, MVX-A-30 MY-MSA-55


MVX-A-35, MVX-A-45 MY-MSB-55
MVX-BA-35,MVX-BA-45,
MVX-B-35, MVX-B-45
SECTORS
SECTORS SECTORS

LRB17KU-L60 MVX-C-35, MVX-CA-55 MY-MSB-55


MVX-CA-35, MVX-CA-40

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

147
RMS SEALS
TYPE TYPE
Mycon ® Salmson®

MY-MS-28 MY-WS-22 SM-AC-14, SM-AC-18,


MY-MS-40 SM-AC-22, SM-AC-28,
SM-AC-38
SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

TYPE TYPE
Sabroe ® Sedical®

SB-MB-35, SB-MB-44.45 SB-MZ-75 SD-A-12, SD-A-18


SB-MB-60 SD-A-20, SD-A-25
SD-A-32
SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

TYPE TYPE
Someflu® Suntec®

SF-ESP-1 SF-HMPS-22 SNT-A-25

SECTORS
SECTORS SECTORS

SF-HMPN-22 SF-SP-160 TYPE


Tuchenhagen®
SECTORS SECTORS

TN-HG-25, TN-HG-30
TN-HG-32 ,TN-HG-35
TN-HG-60
SECTORS

TYPE TYPE TYPE


Tsurumi® Viking ® Waukesha®

TS-H2530, TS-H3035 WK-T-30, WK-T-40


VI 100-31,75
TS-H3540, TS-H4550 WK-T-50, WK-T-60

SECTORS SECTORS
SECTORS

TS-W-14-HL, TS-W-14-VL
TS-H20T, TS-H30T, TS-H45, VI 101-36,5 WK-TC-40
TS-H60, TS-H25, TS-H35, WK-TC-60
TS-HT40 WK-TC-50

SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

TYPE TYPE
Wilo® Witt®

W-MS-30 LRB17 WT-28


WT-28L
SECTORS SECTORS SECTORS

148
PRODUCTION CENTER, QUALITY CONTROL

Production center
Lidering’s modern, adequate equipment enables it to execute
repair and transformation operations on mechanical seals and
cartridges.
The process commences by diagnosing the condition of the part,
and after this, we execute the necessary processes for cleaning,
polishing and lapping the contact surfaces, grinding parts and
replacing components, etc.

After carrying out these operations, the sealing of the repaired


parts is checked by pressure test, to ensure that the part is re-
ady for operation in any application that requires sealing of the
highest standard.

We also offer additional services such as a diagnostic report on the


sample received and a detailed analysis of the faults observed or laser
marking of parts to facilitate their identification and traceability.

Quality control, checking and testing


All the mechanical seals manufactured or repaired by Lidering are subject to the
strictest quality controls. We guarantee their operation in the most demanding
applications.

Furthermore, if the customer wishes, we can provide other services such as sealing
controls in static or dynamic conditions and at different pressures before delivering
the product. Working along this line we perform static sealing controls on all our
cartridges before delivering them to the customer.

149
GENERAL INFORMATION

Certificates: The standards that regulate industrial sectors are becoming more and more strin-
gent. Our mechanical seals may be supplied with the following certificates:

Mechanical seals suitable for use in equipment installed in explosive atmospheres in cate-
gories 2 and 3 of group II (2 G / D) cT2 in accordance with Directive 2014/34 / EU (ATEX) of
the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 February 2014 on the harmonization of the
laws of the Member States relating to equipment and protective systems for use in potentially
explosive atmospheres.

The Productive Centre in Reus (Tarragona) has been Saqr-ATEX certified. This certification
allows us to carry out repairs on non electrical equipment with ATEX certification of any type
and category: mechanical seals, cartridges, pumps, agitators, etc.; Area 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22,
etc.; while maintaining the same level of ATEX certification.

The FDA (Food & Drug Administration) is a US-based organisation whose mission is to safe-
guard health and safety in food and medicines. The CFR 21 (Code of Federal Regulations) is
a series of standards and rules that must be met by materials that enter into are intended
to be in contact with food and medicines. This code of regulations includes different parts,
depending on the type of material in question. For instance, part 177 refers to polymers and
in particular, section 2600 refers to elastomers (FDA CFR 21 §177.2600).

European Regulation (EC) 1935/2004:


One of the objectives of this regulation is to establish a basis for guaranteeing a high stan-
dard of protection for human health and the interests of consumers with respect to materials
and objects that come into direct or indirect contact with food. It is enforced in the European
Union. It also establishes that those materials and objects must be manufactured in accor-
dance with a best practice code.

Regulation EC 2023/2006 is a best practice code for manufacturing objects and materials that
come into direct or indirect contact with food.

Regulation EU 10/2011 is a specific measure included in Regulation EC 1935/2004 which


applies to polymers that are designed to come into contact with food. It also establishes that
they must comply with a series of special additional provisions governing composition, as
well as being compliant with the provisions of Regulations EC 1935/2004 and EC 2023/2006.

We can provide materials for mechanical seals that are compliant with Regulation EC
1935/2004 and with Code EC 2023/2006 and Regulation EU 10/2011 in the case of elasto-
mers for secondary seals.

68
GENERAL INFORMATION

General information

Introduction
Mechanical seals are elements that ensure the sealing between a rotating shaft and a structural part (usually fixed) of the application as-
sembly. This sealing effect is achieved through the rotating movement between two contact surfaces which are extremely flat and the fluid
film generated between them, which prevents the passage of the rest of the fluid.
Mechanical seals perform much better than other sealing elements for rotating shafts such as lip seals or retaining elements. Since they
are made of harder materials, they make the system more solid and durable. They also allow sealing in applications which are especially
demanding: chemically aggressive, abrasive, dense or viscous fluids, high temperatures, high pressures, high rotating speeds, etc.

4. Springs:
Mechanical seal elements This element is responsible for maintaining the tension between
the contact surfaces when there is no pressure in the system, to
1. Primary ring: ensure sealing in static and depressurised conditions. Different
This part of the mechanical seal contains the contact surface. It types of spring can be used. The most common ones are: axial
has a spring-operated device which makes it flexible enough to cylindrical springs, axial conical springs, multi-spring systems,
offset small axial or radial displacements or oscillations that may welded wave springs, “super sinus” wave springs and metal be-
occur during operation. This generally refers to the rotating part llows seals.
of the mechanical seal.
Other metal parts:
2. Mating ring: It is common to find mechanical seals with construction elements
In most cases, this part of the mechanical seal is housed in a for joining and fixing the above parts. These are usually metal
rigid casing or static flange of the application but it may also be parts or plates, rings, screws, etc.
mounted on the shaft. It contains the contact surface. In addition
to generating the air tightness with the contact surface of the pri- 5. Drive mechanism:
mary ring, it serves as a guide for ensuring perpendicularity. This transmits the rotating movement of the shaft to the rotating
part of the mechanical seal. This mechanism may consist of flaps,
3. Secondary seals: an anti-rotating pin, screws elastomer bellows, etc.
These elements generate air tightness between the static parts
of the mechanical seal, for instance, between the primary ring
and the shaft, the mating ring and the flange or between the di-
fferent parts of the primary ring that rotate together. For this pur-
pose, elastomers are normally used, with O-rings being the most
common element. Bellows seals, square cut seals, collars, wedge
seals and in general, any seal that provides air static or linear
tightness can also be used. In addition to elastomers, special ma-
terials such as PTFE and seals with a graphite base can be used
in heavy-duty working conditions.

Mechanical seal classification


Different criteria exist for classifying mechanical seals. They are usually classified based on their hydraulic balance, construction and assembly
characteristics.

• K Hydraulic balance:
Mechanical seals can be classified based on the ratio between the pressure of the fluid
to be sealed and the contact pressure between the contact surfaces, i.e., the ratio bet-
ween the surface with the hydraulic pressure (A) and the contact surface (a).

151
GENERAL INFORMATION

A non-balanced mechanical seal has the following ratio: K = A/a > 1 and a balanced
mechanical seal has a ratio of K = A/a > 1.

In designing mechanical seals, K values of between 0.6 and 1.2 are used. A value under
0.6 favours the duration and life of the mechanical seal, but will not guarantee adequate
sealing.

Construction
This classification is related to the characteristics and design of the different components that are used to make the mechanical seal. Each
variation responds to special application needs or characteristics.

• Conical spring seal:


These seals are defined by the type of spring they use, and their rotation direction, i.e., they can only function properly in the direction
function. They have an axial conical-shaped spring with one end fi- of the rotation for which they are designed. They are normally supplied
xed to the primary ring and the opposite end to the shaft. The spring with the rotation direction to the right, and the left rotation option is only
maintains the tension between the contact surfaces and transmits supplied if specifically ordered.
the shaft movement to the rotating part of the mechanical seal. Secondary seals are usually O-rings, since they require no bellows to
Conical spring seals are usually mechanical seals with a dependent transmit the movement.

• Bellows seals: operating conditions is not strictly static and there may be: movement
These mechanical seals have a secondary bellow seal on the shaft. due to wear of the contact surfaces, vibrations or oscillations which
There are bellows of different types made of different materials, and lead to the axial shifting of the shaft or other factors that have a dy-
each one gives a different, specific performance: namic effect on the O-ring. In the worst case, if combined with a poor
- Elastomer bellows seals: The bellows are made of elastomer ma- surface finish of the shaft, this causes wear or damage in the O-rings.
terial and are responsible for generating static sealing on the shaft, However, the “static O-ring” system permitted by this type of seal is
and also for transmitting the shaft movement to the mechanical seal. through the bellow, which absorbs the displacements. The O-ring is at
The spring mechanism that is normally used is an axial cylindrical the opposite end of the bellows with respect to the primary ring and
spring, which means that the performance of these mechanical seals not at all affected by these defects.
does not depend on the shaft rotation direction.
- Metal bellows seals: The spring mechanism in these seals are There are two different types of metal bellows seals, depending on the
metal bellows. Their main advantage is in how they perform: they are bellows construction characteristics.
more resistant to abrasion and chemicals (particularly in combination
with chrome-nickel alloys) than elastomer bellows, and have a higher -Welded bellows seals: They are formed by ring plates welded to-
temperature resistance (when secondary seals made of graphite are gether along their perimeter at the ends, which is the most common
mounted), and prevent particles or traces of fluid from becoming trap- type.
ped in the spring coils (the folds of the bellows act like a pumping ele- -Rolled bellows seals: They are more complex in construction terms
ment) and they permit the use of a “static O-ring” as a secondary seal. and is formed by an undulated metal tube. It has a larger elastic run
and is often used in applications that involve demanding sterilisation
In other seals the O-ring or the bellows are in the primary ring of processes, as there are no corners or closed angles where undesi-
the seal, generating static sealing. However, their behaviour in real rable particles could accumulate, which makes them easy to clean.

- PTFE bellows seals:


PTFE is a plastic with high chemical resistance to practically all working fluids and a temperature resistance that is higher than most elas-
tomers. These features make them extremely useful in certain applications. PTFE bellows are used for the same purpose as metal bellows.
They have a more limited resistance to temperature and abrasion but higher chemical resistance. With respect to the secondary seals, it has a
bushing or wedge that is also made of PTFE, which operates on a static basis. This is a very special type of seal that is used for working fluids
that are extremely aggressive in chemical terms.

152
GENERAL INFORMATION

• Multispring seals:
These have a spring mechanism formed by small springs distributed diametrically inside the mechanical seal. The function of these springs is
to homogeneously generate tension between the contact surfaces. In addition they absorb vibrations or errors in alignment that arise while the
seal is being mounted and during its operation. They are normally used in stirring devices or in pumping applications with clean fluids.

• Wave spring seal:


Wave springs have a higher elasticity constant than other springs, and require less space to generate
the necessary working pressure. In this seal design, the length of the seal assembly is an important
parameter and greater attention to this should be paid than in other cases. As well as permitting mecha-
nical seals with smaller assembly measurements, lwave spring seals are not as affected by dirt (fibres,
particles) or by the high density or viscosity of the fluid. For this reason they are very useful in waste or
sewage water applications and when used with dense, thick, sticky fluids.
Two different types of wave spring seals are normally used: the welded wave spring type and the
“super sinus” type. The welded wave spring type consists of two folded metal rings welded together
which create a spring-like effect when they are forced by compression. The “super sinus” type is a
rolled, undulated metal tape that generates a spring-like effect when compressed due to the elasticity
of the metal.

• Cartridge seals:
Unlike conventional mechanical seals, cartridge seals have a compact presentation. The components are mounted on a metal sleeve inside a
flange. They are very easy to install. All that must be done is to slide and fasten the sleeve to the shaft and secure the flange to the application
casing, which ensures ease in assembly.

In some cases the cartridges require more complex assemblies than one the described above, for instance when they must be installed in flush,
recirculation, barrier fluid or quench systems with one or two mechanical seals, as will be described later on. A distinction should be made
between single and double cartridges depending on whether they have one or two sets of contact surfaces inside them. In addition the cartrid-
ges may contain different spring systems such as axial cylindrical, multispring, wave spring and metal bellows systems, with the multispring
system being the most common one.

Assembly characteristics
The mechanical seal assembly type (internal or external, single or double) is determined by the application, the working conditions and different
factors related to the environment.

• Single assemblies:

- Internal single assembly:


This is the most common type. The fluid is in contact with all the mechanical seal components; the chemical compatibility of these with
the fluid must be ensured. It is best to use it when working with clean fluids or loaded ones with a concentration that does not endanger
the lubricating characteristics of the fluid.

153
GENERAL INFORMATION

- Single external assembly:


This is used when the fluid contains fibres or solids which could block the spring, when the
medium to be sealed is chemically very aggressive and may attack the metals used to make
the springs, or in certain hygienic applications that require exhaustive cleaning or sterilising
processes (usually within the scope of food and pharmaceutical processing industries).

• Double assemblies:
In some cases a single assembly is not sufficient to ensure sealing • Applications with non-lubricating fluids.
or the desired performance of an application. Some examples of • Applications with fluids at high temperatures where cooling is neces-
these special applications are: sary.
• Applications with costly, dangerous or contaminant fluids. • Applications that operate with fluids at very high pressures.
• Applications where it is essential to immediately detect a failure
in the sealing system. The main configurations of double assemblies are as follows:

- “Back-to-back” assemblies:
This type is recommended for sealing non-lubricating fluids, gases, fluids with a high concentration of solids or with a tendency to crystallise,
adhesives, pastes, paints or dangerous fluids.
This assembly requires the injection of a fluid known as buffer or barrier fluids in the chamber formed by the two seals. The barrier fluid pres-
sure must be 1.5 to 2 bar above the pressure of the fluid to be sealed. Therefore, if there is a leak on the product side, the leak will be towards
the interior of the system and the barrier fluid will be mixed with the product fluid. This characteristic is especially interesting in cases in which
the working fluid is dangerous or pollutant.
It is not advisable to use this installation with no pressure in the barrier fluid, as the product fluid pressure could open up a leak route through
the secondary seal of the stationary part or between the contact surfaces.
One advantage of this type of assembly compared to the others is that it permits a very short assembly length, which usually incurs fewer costs.

- “Face-to-face” assemblies:
This type is recommended for sealing non-lubricating fluids, gases, fluids with a high concen-
tration of solids or with a tendency to crystallise, adhesives, pastes, paints or dangerous fluids.
This type of assembly makes it possible to work with pressurised barrier fluids or non-pressu-
rised ones, depending on the application needs, which makes it a versatile, reliable assembly.
It has improved tolerance to the pressure oscillations of the barrier fluids, and to axial shifting
and vibrations in the system.
Given that it can work at excess pressure and low pressure, the leak can be directed in the
most appropriate direction: towards the product or towards the barrier fluid. In all cases, the
hydraulic balancing must be considered.
Since one rotating part of the mechanical seal has no components in the internal chamber of
the sealing system, it is advisable to add a mechanism that will generate a pumping move-
ment.

- “Tandem” assembly:
This is used to seal non-lubricating fluids, gases or dangerous fluids. In this case the
fluid to be sealed is in contact with the seal components in contact with the product.
The barrier fluids should be at a pressure of approximately 1 kg/cm2 below the
pressure of the fluid to be sealed, meaning that the direction of a leak would be
towards the barrier fluid. This is particularly interesting for working fluids which
must not contaminate the barrier fluid.

154
GENERAL INFORMATION

• Auxiliary assemblies :

- Circulation:
This system consists of circulating a small quantity of the fluid, aspired or piped,
to make it act on the contact surfaces. In this way the heat generated is eliminated
and particles and sediments are removed from the mechanical seal closure. It is
recommended to install a cyclonic filter.
Corresponds to Plan API 11.

- Flush:
This consists of injecting an external fluid that is compatible with the mechanical
seal closure. The pressure of this fluid must approximately 2 bar above that of the
fluid to be sealed. It is used in applications where the fluid is sticky, very thick or
contains a high concentration of abrasive substances.
Corresponds to Plan API 32.

- Quench or drain:
In this system, a fluid is injected on the external side of the mechanical seal. Norma-
lly, an auxiliary sealing system must be provided.
It is used in cases where there is a possibility that the fluid to be sealed will freeze,
during short periods of dry operation and with gases or very dangerous fluids.
Corresponds to Plan API 62.

- Pressurised barrier fluid:


This system is used in double mechanical seal assemblies. A fluid is injected into
the interior chamber between the two mechanical seals, at a specific pressure.
This pressure may be above or below the working fluid pressure, depending on the
application needs.
Excess pressure will be used if the working fluids must be directed towards the
exterior in the event of a sealing failure. This way, the barrier fluid will enter the
product side and be mixed with it. It is recommended in cases of toxic, dangerous
or pollutant fluids or if the product is not harmed with mixed with the barrier fluid.
It must be used at a lower pressure than that of the working fluid if the aim is to
prevent the working fluid from contaminating the barrier fluid, for instance, with
very costly working fluids.
A lubricating fluid is normally used which can evacuate the heat generated between
the contact surfaces. It is advisable for it to have a pressure 1 and 2 bar above (or
below) the pressure of the working fluid.
The circulation of the barrier fluid takes place through a thermosyphon effect; ele-
ments which facilitate this circulation exist, such as a pumping ring on the mecha-
nical seal casing. By placing the appropriate devices in the tank the level, pressure,
temperature can be read, or the barrier fluid pressure can be generated.
Corresponds to Plan API 52, 53A.

155
GENERAL INFORMATION

- Cyclonic filter:
A cyclonic filter is an auxiliary accessory used in the circulation assembly. The
circulation fluid would pass through the cyclonic filter before reaching the sealing
area. The cyclonic filter is a filtering system which separates the particles in sus-
pension in the working fluid through a kinetic effect generated by the movement
of the pumped fluid and by the geometry of the filter. This way, the fluid reaching
the sealing area is free from particles in suspension, as these are expelled to the
pump intake area.
Corresponds to Plan API 31.

Names and codes of the materials


The continuous development of European standards has also brought about the unification of mechanical seals with respect to their dimensions
and the materials used to make them.
The mechanical seals manufactured by LIDERING are identified in accordance with the following chart.
Normal Stationary
Type Balancing Diameter Materials code
length part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LRB17 35 KU L6 B Q E F F
LMS20T B 1-7/8’’ L22 Q Q T G G
LMS10D 60 L9 Q1 Q V G G B Q V
LS60 B 20 DIN LDIN F1 B P G F1
LMB85 2’’ A B Q H G2 G
LDC38 65 A Q1 K M1 G B Q V

Ej: -LRB17KU-35-L50 (BQPFF) → LRB17 type single mechanical seal, not balanced, Materials:
for a shaft of 35 mm, length and housing measurements in accordance with - For single seals:
EN 12756, with an L50-type stationary part. 1- Friction face of the rotating part
-LWS10B-90-L1 DIN (QQVGG) → LWS10B-type single mechanical seal, balanced, 2- Friction face of the stationary part
for a shaft of 90 mm, with an L1 DIN type stationary part and housing measure 3- Secondary seals
ments in accordance with EN 12756 4- Spring
- LMS10D-2 1/2’’ (UUKM1G2BQV) → LMS10D type double mechanical seal, not 5- Other metal parts
balanced, for a shaft of 2 1/2’’, with standard stationary parts in accordance with
catalogue.
- For double seals:
Type: See index.
1- Friction face of the rotating part on the product side
Balancing: B if balanced, generally not indicated if not balanced (see K hydraulic
2- Friction face of the stationary part on the product side
balancing section).
3- Secondary seals on the product side and shaft
Diameter: Shaft output diameter (in shafts with steps, this is the lower diameter). It
4- Spring
may be in mm or in inches.
5- Other metal parts
Normal length: Length L1 of mechanical seal in accordance with the indications of
6- Friction face of the rotating part on the atmospheric side
standard EN 12756. May be for short assemblies (KU), long ones (NU or DIN) or non-
7- Friction face of the stationary part on the atmospheric side
standard assemblies (not indicated).
8- Secondary seals on the atmospheric side
Stationary part: See stationary parts section. The stationary parts indicated as DIN
See materials codes in section “materials”.
comply with the housing dimensions of standard EN 12756.

Additional technical specifications:


For special applications certain additional specifications are required, to define the necessary characteristics of the mechanical seal.

• Rotation direction: This only affects mechanical seals with a dependent rotation direction. They are normally supplied by default for working
with “right” rotation directions. To indicate the “left” rotation direction, add L after the seal type.

P. Ej. LS18-40L-L4 (BQVGG)


• Cartridge seals: The nomenclature for mechanical cartridge seal references has some differences. The stationary parts and balancing are
not specified, and neither are the standardisation of the dimensions or the rotation direction.

156
GENERAL INFORMATION
However the type of assembly is indicated:
S: Single assembly. One set of sealing faces, usually with a washing system.
D: Double assembly. Two sets of sealing faces with a barrier fluid system ready for pressurising. The layout of the faces may be “tandem”,
“back-to-back” or “face-to-face” (see “Assemblies” section).
SQ: Single assembly with Quench (see “Assemblies” section).

• Installation
Mechanical seals are precision parts that need to be installed correctly and accurately. The assembly dimensions and tolerances indicated in
the catalogue must be respected in full. It is very important to ensure they are not assembled in dirty or contaminated environments.

-Surface finish of the shaft and housing:


All the surfaces in contact with the mechanical seal must be free from burrs and sharp edges. It is essential to respect the Ra roughness indi-
cated below:

Secondary Closure S A

Elastomers 2,5 μm 1 μm
Non-elastomers 1,6 μm 0,2 μm

Shaft tolerances: h6 Eccentricity < 0,1 mm

Axial movement: < 0,13 mm Perpendicularity: < 0,002 mm per mm Ø eje

- Assembly method:
1. It is preferable to lubricate the areas. To do this, it is advisable to use an aqueous 2-3% neutral liquid soap solution. In all cases, do not use
lubricants with a mineral base when manipulating seals made of EPDM material.
2. The stationary part must be facing the housing and be inserted perpendicularly, taking care not to damage the contact surface. It is very
important to ensure that the contact surface is not knocked by any part of the housing and in particular, of the shaft. When using materials such
as silicon carbide, this point is especially delicate as they are extremely fragile materials which could easily be damaged.

157
GENERAL INFORMATION
3. It is advisable to use assembly tools to ensure an even distance from
the axial forces and thereby prevent incorrect positioning or bending
stress which could damage the part.
Mounting cone

In the case of cartridge mechanical seals:

4. Lubricate the shaft with an aqueous 2-3% neutral liquid soap solution.
Also lubricate the screws and nuts of the pump.
5.Slide the cartridge along the shaft until the flange meets the casing.
Check that the flat joint has not moved from its housing. Rotating part

6.Tighten the flange screws


7. Tighten the drive screws on the shaft.
8. Remove the positioning staples setting clips and keep them for subse-
quent use. In all cases it is essential to make sure that the working fluid is
9. Check the centring of the seal on the shaft. Move the shaft with your in contact with the seal before starting up the application, as dry
hand in order to detect a potential metal-on-metal noise. If you hear the operation could seriously damage the sealing provided by the
noise, put the setting clips back in place and loosen the flange screws and contact surfaces, even if operating for only short periods of time.
the drive screws. Repeat the process from step 2. If the noise continues, Although it is true that in some applications, dry operation cannot
check the centring of the shaft. be avoided, special combinations of materials can be recommen-
10.Couple the corresponding washing, circulation, barrier fluid and ded to reduce the negative impact of this situation.
Quench connections. These connections are usually threaded, pursuant to
the NPT standard. Their diameter is indicated in the cartridge files.
11. In a double cartridge, connect an external fluid to cool the secondary
seal.

Selecting the mechanical seals


The following information should be taken as a general reference and for preliminary guidance purposes in selecting the mechanical seals.
For technical or economic reasons, other types of mechanical seals can be provided, made of different materials from those described here.
For a selection that is more precise and in keeping with the special requirements of each application and each customer, please contact your
LIDERING sales team.

The selection of the mechanical seal configuration, depending on the fluid and the working conditions, is set out in the “Sectors” section. When
selecting the materials of the mechanical seal, the following criteria can be followed:
• Contact surfaces:
The materials used for the contact surfaces are classified as “hard” and “soft”. The “hard” ones include steel, carbide, oxide and ceramic. “Soft”
materials include carbon and PTFE.

As a general rule, combinations with one surface made of a hard material and the other of a soft material or both surfaces of a hard material
are used.
- “Soft”-“hard” material combinations: - YV, Y1V Combination for strong acids: PTFE has great che-
Whenever possible, it is best to use a combination of hard-soft materials mical resistance and ceramic is chemically resistant to most wor-
as this has a series of advantages in comparison with a combination of king fluids.
hard materials. The most common are:
- BV, BX Economic combination: normally used in applications invol- The benefits of a combination of soft-hard materials are:
ving running water. It is not suitable for dry operation, and in operations
with little lubrication or with sudden changes in temperature. Ceramic has -lower friction coefficient which means a smaller loss of power
very low thermal conductivity and, since it undergoes enormous increases and less heat generation between surfaces. It should be consi-
in temperature, it may cause fractures due to thermal shock. dered that excessive heating is a major cause of damages and
- BF, BG “Soft” combination: stainless steel, despite being considered subsequently, leaks in mechanical seals.
“hard”, may be marked and damaged by contaminant particles found in -In most cases, a lower cost and greater availability of the mate-
working fluids. The friction coefficient is not optimum but the material rial.
has an excellent capacity to conduct and evacuate the heat generated. In -They can be used in environments with little lubrication or fluids
addition, the steel surface has great tenacity in the face of oscillation or with low lubrication. They are better able to withstand the condi-
knocks which could occur during assembly and while the application is tions of hypothetical dry operation.
in operation. The only disadvantage is their wear, which is greater than a hard
- BQ, BU “Hard” combination: it has a good friction coefficient and is combination and the ensuing shortening of the useful life of the
suitable for difficult working conditions. seal.
- AQ, AU Combination for high temperatures: antimony-impregnated
carbon is suitable for working in conditions without solids in suspension
of up to 350º C.

158
GENERAL INFORMATION

- “Hard”-“hard” material combinations:


When working with fluids containing particles in suspension, fluids which can chemically attack carbon impregnation or which require a durable
assembly, it is best to use a combination of hard materials. The most common are:

- QQ Silicon-Silicon: This is the hard combination most often used. It has greater chemical resistance and the best friction coefficient of
all the hard combinations. However, it is also the most fragile material and has the greatest risk of being damaged during assembly. Different
silicon carbide grades can be used to obtain special performances in the surfaces (Q1, Q6).
- UU Tungsten-Tungsten: This is the most resistant option in mechanically aggressive working conditions. It has good resistance to impact,
to vibrations, and to a large variety of chemicals. It is usually more expensive than silicon. Its friction coefficient is greater and so it is advisable
to ensure good lubrication. This combination is widely used in wastewater and fluids loaded with particles such as sand or silt.

Secondary seals
The material used for the secondary seals is selected based on two criteria: the working temperature and the potential chemical attack of the
working fluid.

With respect to the working temperature, the following graph is given as a guide:

G NBR is the most economical material and the one with


the lowest useful working temperature range and gra-
PTFE
phite is the most suitable material for working at high
FFKM temperatures. Within the elastomer group, FFKM is the
material that is most resistant to temperature, allowing
TFE/P temperatures of 320º C to be reached in some special
compounds, on demand.
FKM

EPDM With respect to chemical resistance, the following table


NBR
is given as a guide pag 84.

-50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400

159
GENERAL INFORMATION

Materials Codes (EN 12756)


Contact surfaces (position I and II) Secondary seals (position III)
SYNTHETIC CARBONS ELASTOMERS
A: Antimony-impregnated carbon P: Nitrile rubber (NBR)
B: Resin-impregnated carbon H: Hydrogenated nitrile (HNBR).
B2: Resin-impregnated carbon N: Chloroprene rubber®(CR)
B3: Pure non-impregnated carbon E: Ethylene-propylene diene monomer (EPDM)
B4: Self-lubricating carbon X: Ethylene-propylene diene monomer peroxide (EPDMPX)
B5: Hot pressed carbon S: Silicon rubber (MVQ)
V: Fluorocarbon (FKM)
METALS K: Perfluorocarbon rubber (FFKM)
M: Rubber coated with PTFE (FEP-FKM / FEP-MVQ)
E: Chromium steel; AISI 420 (1.4021 ; 1.4028)
A: Tetrafluoro-ethylene Propylene Rubber (TFE/P or Aflas®)
F1: Nickel-chromium steel; AISI 431 (1.4057)
G: Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel; AISI 316 (1.4401)
D: Duplex stainless steel (1.4462 ; 1.4162) NON-ELASTOMERS
Z: Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel with chrome oxide
Z2: Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steatite steel G: Graphite
C: Brass T: PTFE
C2: Bronce
Springs and other metal parts (position IV and V)
CARBIDES E: Chromium steel; AISI 420 (1.4021; 1.4028)
F: Nickel-chromium steel; AISI 304 (1.4301)
U: Tungsten carbide with welded / inserted nickel F1: Nickel-chromium steel; AISI 431 (1.4057)
U1: Solid tungsten carbide with nickel G: Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel; AISI 316 (1.4401)
Q1: Sintered silicon carbide with no free silicon G2: AM350 nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel. AM350
Q2: Sintered silicon carbide G3: AISI 904L (1.4539)
Q5: Sintered Silicon carbide with no free silicone diamond G4: 316Ti (1.4571)
coating L: NIckel-chromium-molybdenum steel; AISI 316L (1.4404)
Q6: Sintered silicon carbide with carbon L2: NIckel-chromium-molybdenum steel; AISI 316L (1.4435)
D: Nickel-chromium-molybdenum duplex stainless steel (1.4462)
D2: Super Duplex (1.4410)
CERAMIC MATERIALS M: Hastelloy® C4
V: Alumina oxide 99,5% M2: Inconel® 718 (2.4668)
V2: Alumina oxide 95% M3: Alloy® 20 (2.4668)
X: Steatite M4: Monel®400
M5: Hastelloy® C276 (2.4819)
B: Brass
SYNTHETIC MATERIALS R: AISI 316 + PTFE coverage
Y: Glass-filled PTFE
Y1: PTFE-graphite

Synthetic carbons Ceramic materials


Synthetic carbons are the materials most often used due to their in- Ceramic materials have extremely high purity, are very resistant to
trinsic characteristics: they are self-lubricating, economical and have wear and have high chemical resistance. However, they become
good chemical resistance. There are several types: fragile in the presence of sudden changes in temperature (thermal
shock).
Code A: Antimony-impregnated carbon.
It has less chemical resistance than resin-impregnated carbon but is • Code X: Stéatite.
used due to its resistance to high temperatures (350ºC). It is recom- Its composition is silica oxide (SiO2) 52%, magnesium oxide (MgO)
mended for high pressure applications with hydrocarbons, thermal 23%, alumina oxide (Al2O3) 5.1%. It is ochre in colour and used in
oils or gases. clean water applications. An economical material. Has low chemical
Code B: Resin-impregnated carbon. resistance and low thermal conductivity, for which reason it does not
The most standard and economical. It can withstand temperatures dissipate heat well. Low resistance to thermal shock.
of up to 180ºC. • Code V: Alumina oxide with a purity of 99.5%.
Code B2: Resin-impregnated carbon. It is chemically inert and has excellent resistance to wear. Due to its
A mechanised carbon with a more compact internal structure which purity, it can withstand a higher degree of thermal shock than other
gives it greater chemical resistance than type B graphite. types of ceramic. It is recommended in clean water operations, in
Code B3: Non-impregnated carbon. combination with graphite (B).
A carbon with no resin or metal content with a very high resistance to Low thermal conductivity and poor heat dissipation. Low resistance
temperature (3000º C) and chemicals. to thermal shock.

160
GENERAL INFORMATION

Metal carbides
Metal carbides are extremely hard materials manufactured by sintering. They have high chemical and wear resistance and are used in environ-
ments with solids or particles which can attack soft materials such as carbon.

• Code U: Inserted / welded tugsten carbide. • Códe U1: Solid tungsten carbide with nickel.
An extremely hard and tenacious material. It is appropriate for applica- An extremely hard and tenacious material. Limited chemical re-
tions with a pH of more than 6 (in the case of welded parts). sistance, especially to acid products. Suitable for applications
Good behaviour with respect to wear under severe conditions. Good with pH values above 2. Good behaviour with respect to wear
thermal conductivity. High elastic modulus, meaning it is not likely to under severe conditions. Good thermal conductivity. High elastic
become deformed, especially in high pressure applications. Limited modulus, meaning it is not likely to become deformed in compari-
chemical resistance, especially to acid products. A very high density son with metal materials. A very high density material, which can
material, which can be critical in high speed rotating operations. be critical in high speed rotating operations.
Limited capacity to withstand dry operation conditions or extremely li- Limited capacity to withstand dry operation conditions or extre-
mited lubrication conditions, especially when working with the same mely limited lubrication conditions, especially when working with
material. the same material.

• Code Q: Silicon carbide.


Good resistance to wear and to friction in heavy duty work. It is the per- In applications with abrasives, it is advisable to use silicon carbide
fect material for working in contact with abrasive and corrosive fluids, against tungsten carbide, which is the most effective combination
and at high pressures. Its main characteristics are as follows: due to its resistance to wear and friction.
-High thermal conductivity, comparable to tungsten carbide. Silicon carbide may work against itself in very abrasive conditions
-Low resistance to thermal shock. but the friction characteristics are not as good as silicon carbide
-High elasticity modulus. against tungsten carbide.
-Good chemical resistance.
-Lower density than tungsten carbide. When silicon carbide is used against itself, the best results are
May be subject to chemical attack by certain strong alkaline products. obtained using different types, for instance Q1 against Q2 or Q2
For that reason it is important to choose the most appropriate silicon against Q6.
carbide grade:
Q1: Contains no free silicon. It has the best chemical resistance of all When hard material is worked against hard, the limited conditions
carbides, but low tenacity. Its friction characteristics are poorer than of the application may give rise to sudden changes in surface tem-
grade Q2, but higher than those of tungsten carbide. perature and dry operation. Although this occurs with a short space
Q2: Contains free silicon. It has the best friction characteristics of all of time, it is best to use silicon carbide with graphite-impregnated
silicon carbides. Some acid or alkaline substances may cause lixiviation silicon carbide (Q6). Due to its graphite content, this combination is
in free silicon but in general, it is more inert than tungsten carbide. resistant to the absence of lubrication for a limited time.
Q6: Has a silicon and graphite carbide base. This mixture combines the
high resistance to wear of silicon carbide and the lubricant properties
of graphite.
Silicon carbide normally runs against resin-impregnated graphite (B),
but metal carbons may also be used for high performance (hot water
applications). The silicon carbide and carbon combination is frequently
used, providing long life in a wide range of conditions due to its exce-
llent resistance to thermal shock.

Metals
• Code E: AISI 420 chromium steel.
This is tempered stainless steel with a surface hardness of less than 50 HRc. It is used with fluids such as water or oils.
• Code F: Nickel-chromium steel AISI 304.
Stainless steel used to manufacture springs and auxiliary parts.
• Code F1: Nickel-chromium steel.
Stainless steel with good chemical resistance, used for fluids such as water, oils, chemicals, etc.
• Code G: AISI 316 nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel.
Stainless steel with very good chemical resistance used with water, oils, hydrocarbons and chemicals.
• Code G2: AM350 nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel.
Specifically for metal bellows that must work at high temperatures up to +300ºC.
• Code L: Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel; AISI 316L.
Stainless steel with excellent chemical resistance. It provides a homogeneous surface with no pores and is recommended for hygienic applications.
• Code Z: Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel with chrome oxide.
It is a coating of Chromium Oxide deposited on the steel by means of plasma. The hardness is superior to that of stellite steel.
• Code Z2: Nickel-chromium-molybdenum stellite steel.
To obtain it, the steel surface is treated with plasma, leaving a thickness of 0.2 to 0.3 mm. with considerable surface hardness and increased
resistance to wear.

161
GENERAL INFORMATION

• Code D:
Nickel-molydenum duplex stainless steel, used for highly corrosive environments: marine, industrial, etc.
• Code M: Hastelloy® C4
A nickel, chromium and molybdenum alloy with great mechanical resistance and excellent chemical resistance for general use. It is used to
make springs or auxiliary parts.
• Code M2: Inconel®718 (2.4668)
A nickel (53%), chromium (18%), tantalum-niobium (5%) and molybdenum (3%) alloy. Good resistance to corrosion and excellent resistance to
extreme temperatures, both high (600ºC) and low (-250ºC).
• Code M4: Monel®400.
A nickel (63%) and copper (23%) alloy. High resistance to corrosion in saline, caustic and acid environments (hydrochloric acid, hydrofluoric
acid, sulphuric acid) and at high and low temperatures. Good mechanical properties. Due to its copper content, it has low resistance to nitric
acid and ammonia. Very often used in the naval sector.

Synthetic or plastic materials


These materials are widely recommended for cases in which carbon lacks the adequate chemical resistance. They are manufactured with a
PTFE base mixed with different additives and have very high chemical resistance. They withstand temperatures of up to +240ºC. Their use is
limited to low pressures and speeds (PV factor).
• Code Y: Glass-filled
• Code Y1 : Graphite-filled PTFE

Secondary seals

• Code P: Nitrile butadiene rubber NBR. • Code K: Perfluorelastomer rubber FFKM.


For working with water, oil, grease, etc. Temperature resistance from Excellent chemical resistance to a wide range of working fluids.
-30ºC to +100ºC. Withstands temperatures ranging from -30 to +250 or +320ºC de-
• Code H: Hydrogenated NBR. pending on the type.
Excellent resistance to lubricants and products refrigerants at tempe- • Code M: FEP encapsulated seals.
ratures of up to + 150ºC . Their chemical resistance is similar to that of PTFE. They are suita-
• Code N: Chlorobutadiene rubber Neoprene® or CR. ble for working at high temperatures ranging from -15ºC to +200ºC.
For fluids such as refrigerants, ozone, glycols, etc. Temperature resis- Their main problem is the plastic behaviour of their surface, which
tance of from -40ºC to +100ºC. makes them difficult to assemble in closed housings and they have a
• Code E: Ethylene-propylene diene monomer EPDM. greater risk of being damaged.
Good behaviour in the presence of hot water, steam, acetone, alcohol, • Code A: Tetrafluoroethylene rubber, Aflas® or TPE/P.
etc. Temperature resistance from -40ºC to +120ºC. A material with high chemical resistance to most products and suita-
• Code X: Cethylene-propylene rubberhardened with peroxide ble for working with steam at temperatures up to +170ºC and lubri-
(EPDMPX). Good behaviour in the presence of hot water, steam, ace- cants at temperatures up to +200º C.
tone, alcohol, etc. In contact with steam up to +130ºC in continuous • Code G:
operation and peaks of +150ºC. Non-elastomer material with a graphite base used for high tempera-
• Code S: Methyl-vinyl silicon rubber MVQ. ture applications. Withstands temperatures up to +400º C
Indicated for applications at low temperatures from -60ºC to +200ºC. • Code T: Polytetrafluorethylene PTFE.
• Code V: Fluorocarbon (FKM) High chemical resistance to practically all substances. Withstands
High chemical and temperature resistance. Withstands temperatures temperatures ranging from -200ºC to +260ºC.
of -15ºC to +200ºC except in hot water applications, in which case
the temperature should not exceed 120ºC.

162
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE CHART

Chemical resistance chart


The information in the following table refers to the chemical compatibility of mechanical seals with fluids, and should be considered as
a general guideline for an initial orientation in the selection of a mechanical seal. For technical or economic reasons, other types of me-
chanical seals with different materials than those indicated here may be proposed.

Materials Materials
I II III IV V • I II III IV V •

Other metal
Rotary face

Other metal
Elastomers

Rotary face

Elastomers
Stationary

Stationary
Springs

Springs
parts

Notes

Notes
parts
face

face
Fluid Fluid
Acetaldehyde B V T G G D Butyl cellosolve Y V T G G
Acetic acid < 30 % B V E G G Butyl formate F1 B E G F1
Acetic acid ester Butyl lactate F1 B E G F1
(Propyl acetate) B V T G G Butyl phosphate F1 B E G F1
Acetic acid, glacial B V T G G Butyl phthalate F1 B E G F1
Acetic anhydride B V T G G Butylamine B V T G G
Acetone F1 B E G F1 Butylene F1 B V G F1
Acetyl chloride V B V G G Butyric acid V B T G G
Acetyl salicylic acid B V E G G Calcium acetate V B E G G
Acetylene V B E G G D Calcium carbonate Q Q P G G
Acrylonitrile Q Q T G G D Calcium chloride Q B2 V G G
Adipic acid G B V G G Calcium hydrogen
Alum (ammonia) Q Q P G G X B P G F
sulphate < 10%
Alum (chrome) X B P G G Calcium hydroxide > 10 % Q Q P G G *
Alum (potash) Q Q P G G Calcium hypochlorite 10 % C1 V E G G
Aluminium V B E G G Calcium nitrate X B P G G
Aluminium acetate Q Q E G F Calcium phosphate B V P G G
Aluminium chloride V B V G G Calcium sulfide V B P G G
Aluminium nitrate V B P G G Camphor Q Q T G G
Aluminium sulphate Q Q V G G Carbinol X B P G G
Ammonia and oil V B N G G Carbitol G B T G G
Ammonia gas X B E G G D Carbolic acid G B V G G
Ammonia liquid X B E G F Carbon dioxide Q B P G G
Ammonium acetate < 10% V B E G G Carbon disulfide G B T G G D
Ammonium bromide < 10% X B P G G Carbon monoxide G B E G G D
Ammonium carbonate V B E G G D Carbon tetrachloride V B V G G
Ammonium chloride V B E G G D Carbonic acid Q B E G G
Ammonium hydrogen carbonate Carbonic anhydride V B P G G D
V B E G G
< 10% Castor oil V B P G G
Ammonium hydroxyde F1 B E G F1 D Cellulose acetate V B T G G D
Ammonium nitrate Q B P G G Cheese Q Q V G F D
Ammonium pebulfate < 20 % V B P G G Chloline, dry Y V V G G */D
Ammonium phosphate < 15% V B P G G Chlorine solvents V B T G G
Ammonium sulfide V B P G G Chlorine, wet Y V V M1 M1 *
Ammonium Chlorobenzene G B V G G
sulphate < 10 % Q Q P G G Chloroethane F1 B V G F1
Amyl acetate V B E G G Chloroform Q B V G F
Amyl alcohol F1 B E G F1 Chloromethane G B V G G
Amyl benzoate F1 B E G F1 Chloropentane G B V G G
Amyl butyrate F1 B E G F1 Chromic acid Q Q V G G D
Amyl formate F1 B E G F1 Citric acid X B E G G
Amyl nitrate F1 B E G F1 Cocoanut oil V B P G G
Amyl propionate F1 B E G F1 Cod liver oil V B P G G
Aniline G B T G G Coffee X B P G F
Anthracene Q Q V G G Copper chloride Q Q V G G *
Arachic oil (peanut oil) V B P G G Copper cyanide V B2 P G G D
Arsenic acid V B V G G D Copper sulphate V B P G G
Ascorbic acid V B E G G Cresol G B T G G
Barium chloride V B E M2 M2 D Cresylic acid G B V G G
Barium hydroxide V B P G G Cumene G B V G G
Barium nitrate Q Q P G G Decahydronaphthalene F1 B V G F1
Barium sulfide V B P G G Diacetone alcohol G B E G G
Barium sulphate V B E G G Dichloroacetic acid Y B T M1 M1
Beer X B V G F Dichlorobenzene G B V G G
Benzene (benzol) F1 B V G F1 Dichloroethane G B T G G
Benzoic acid V B V G G Dichloroethylene G B V G G
Borax (solution) Q Q E G G Dichloromethane G B V G G
Boric acid Q Q P G G Diethanolamine G B T G G
Brine Q B2 V G G Diethyl carbonate V B E G G
Bromemethane F1 B V G F1 D Diethyl phthalate G B T G G
Butadiene V B E G G D Diethylamine G B T G G
Butane F1 B V G F1 Diethylene glycol F1 B P G F1
Buthyl alcohol X B P G F Dimethil sulphoxide G V B G G
Butter X B P G F Dimethyl formamide B V T G G
Butyl benzoate F1 B E G F1 Dimethyl phthalate G B V G G
Butyl butyrate F1 B E G F1 Dinitrochlorobenzene G B T G G

163
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE CHART
Materials Materials
I II III IV V • I II III IV V •

Other metal
Rotary face

Other metal
Elastomers

Rotary face

Elastomers
Stationary

Stationary
Springs

Springs
parts

Notes

Notes
parts
face

face
Fluid Fluid
Dioctyl phthalate G B T G G Lard Q Q P G F
Dirty water Q Q P G F Lead nitrate V B2 P G G
Distiled water X B P G F Linseed oil V B P G G
Drinking water X B P G F Liquers G B V G G
Epichlorhydrin V B T M2 M2 D Lubricants F1 A P G F1
Essences G B E G G Lubricating oil F1 A E G F1
Ethane Q B V G F Lysoform G B T G G
Ethanodiol X B P G F Magnesium chloride > 5% V B E M1 M1
Ethanol X B P G F Magnesium V B E G G
Ethanolamine G B T G G hydroxide < 10 %
Ethyl acetate V B T G G Magnesium sulphate V B E G G
Ethyl alcohol (etanol) X B P G F Maleic acid V B V G G
Ethyl benzoate G B V G G Maleic anhydride Q B T G G
Ethyl butyrate G B E G G Malic acid V M P G G
Ethyl chloride B V T G G Malonic acid G B P G G
Ethyl formate F1 B E G F1 Manganese chloride G B V G G
Ethyl phthalate F1 B E G F1 Manganese nitrate V B E G G
Ethyl propionate F1 B E G F1 Manganese sulphate G B V G G
Ethyl sulphate F1 B E G F1 Mayonnaise Q Q P G F
Ethyleen oxide (gas T) V B T G G D Mercaptane V B T G G D
Ethylene Q B V G F (ethyl mercaptane)
Ethylene chloride V B T G G Mercury chloride V B E G G D
Ethylene glycol X B E G F Mercury nitrate V B V G G
Fat Q Q P G F Methane Q B2 T G F D
Fatty acids V B V G G Methanol G B E G G
Ferric chloride Y V P G G * Methyl acetate G B T G G
Ferric sulphate < 20 % B V P G G Methyl acrylate G B T G G
Ferrous sulphate < 20 % B V P G G Methyl alcohol (methanol) X B P G F
Food products Q Q P G G * Methyl benzoate G B V G G
Formaldehyde V B T G G D Methyl bromide V B V G G
Formic acid B V E M1 M1 Methyl butyrate G B T G G
Formic acid > 40o C Q1 B2 K G G Methyl formate G B T G G
Freon 11 Q B2 T G F Methyl methacrylate G B T G G
Freon 112 F1 B V G F1 Methyl propionate G B T G G
Freon 113 X B N G F Methylamina G B T G G
Freon 114 X B N G F Methyl-butyl ketone V B E G G
Freon 115 X B N G F Methylchloride G B V G G D
Freon 12 X B N G F Methylene chloride G B T G G
Freon 13 X B N G F Methylene oxide G B T G G
Freon 14 X B N G F Methyl-ethyl ketone G B E G G
Freon 21 Q B2 T G F Methyl-isobutyl ketone G B E G G
Freon 22 F1 B N G F1 Milk 100 º C V B E G G
Freon 31 F1 B N G F1 Mineral oil F1 A P G F1
Freon 32 F1 B N G F1 Molasses Q Q P G F
Freon TF X B P G F Naphtalene Q Q V G F
Fruit (juice) V B P G G Naphtha F1 A V G F1
Fumaric acid V B P G G Nickel chloride V B P G G
Furfurol Q Q T G G Nickel sulphate V B P G G
Furfuryl alcohol Q Q T G G Nitric acid < 20 % V B2 V G G
Gallic acid V B2 V G G Nitric acid > 20 % Q Q T G G
Gas oil X B V G F Nitro benzene G B T G G
Gas town V B V G G D Nitro solvents V B T G G
Gelatine Q Q P G F Nitrocellulose Q Q T G F
Glucose F1 B V G F1 Nitrogen V B P G G D
Glycerine Q B2 P G F Nitroglycerine F1 B V G F1
Glycol ethylene X B E G F Nonil phenol G B V G G
Grain oil V B P G G Octyl alcohol F1 B E G F1
Grape juice Q Q P G F Oil (cutting solubre) F1 A P G F1
Heavy water G B P G G Oil (domestic fuel) Q Q P G F
Helium V B E G G D Oil (paraffin base) V B2 V G G
Heptane G B V G G Oil (transformer) F1 A P G F1
Hexane G B V G G Oil and ammonium F1 B N G F1
Hexanone G B T G G Oleic acid V B T G G
Hidraulic oil F1 A P G F1 Olive oil V B P G G
Hydrazine V B E G G * Oven gas G B2 V G G D
Hydrochloric acid V B2 V G G * Oxalic acid V B E G G
Hydrocianic V B2 V G G Oxigen (gas) Y V V G G */D
Hydrocyanic acid V B E G G Ozone Y V E G G D
Hydrofluoric acid 40 % T Y T G T */D P.V.A. ( polyvinyl acetate) Q Q E G G
Hydrogen F1 B P G F1 D P.V.C. ( polyvinyl chloride) Q Q E G G
Hydrogen peroxide Y V V G G D Palmitic acid V B V G G
Hydrogen sulphide Y V V G G Paraffins F1 B V G F1
Ice-cream V B2 P G G Pentane F1 B V G F1
Ink V B V G G Perchloro etylene V B V G G
Iodine Y V V G G Petrol < 97 octanes V B P G G
Isoamyl alcohol V B E G G Petrol > 97 octanes V B V G G
Kerosene F1 B V G F1 Petroleum Q Q V G G
Lactic acid G B V G G

164
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE CHART
Materials Materials
I II III IV V • I II III IV V •

Other metal
Rotary face

Other metal
Elastomers

Rotary face

Elastomers
Stationary

Stationary
Springs

Springs
parts

Notes

Notes
parts
face

face
Fluide Fluide
Petroleum (kerosene) F1 B V G F1 Sugar juice < 10 % Q Q P G G
Petroleum ether F1 B V G F1 Sugar juice > 10 % Q Q P G G */D
Petroleum oil F1 A P G F1 Sulphonated oils V B2 V G G
Phenol G B V G G Sulphuric acid < 10 % V B2 V G G
Phenoloctyl G B T G G Sulphuric acid < 35 % Y V V M M
Pheny chloride G B V G G Sulphuric acid Y V V M M *
Phosphoric acid < 10 % V B2 E G G concentrated
Tannic acid V B P G G
Phosphoric acid V Y V M1 M1 Tannin V B P G G
concentrated
Phthalic acid V B T G G D Tartaric acid V B P G G
Tetrachloro ethane V B V G G
Phthalic anhydride Q Q T G G
Tetrachloro ethylene V B V G G
Picric acid V B V G G
Tetrahydrofuron V B T G G
Potassium acetate V B E G G
Potassium bromide Q Q T G G Thermic oil F1 A V G F1
Toluene V B V G G
Potassium carbonate V B P G G
Tomatoe juice Q Q P G G
Potassium chlorate V B T G G
Potassium chloride V B P M2 M2 Tooth paste Q Q P G F *
Trichloro acetic acid <
Potassium cyanide V B P G G D V B2 T G G
50 %
Potassium hydrogen Trichloro ethane G B T G G
carbonate V B P G G Trichloro ethylene V B V G G
Potassium phosphate V B V G G Tricresyl phosphate V B E G G
Potassium silicate V B P G G Triethanolamine G B T G G
Potassium sulphate V B P G G Triethylamine V B P G G
Propane F1 B2 P G F1 Turpentine X B P G F1
Propellant G B T G G Turpentine X B P G F
Propil acetate Y V T G G Urea V B T G G D
Propionate butyl F1 B E G F1 Urea formaldehyde resins Q Q T G G D
Propionic acid B V T G G Varnish Q Q V G G D
Propyl benzoate F1 B E G F1 Varnish (solvent nitro) Q Q T G G D
Propyl butyrate F1 B E G F1 Vegetable oil F1 A P G F1
Propyl formate F1 B E G F1 Vinegar F1 B E G F1
Propyl phthalate F1 B E G F1 Vinyl acetate G B T G G
Propyl propionate F1 B E G F1 Vinyl chloride Q Q T G G D
Propylene Q B V G G D Viscose Q Q T G G D
Propylene glycol F1 B V G F1 Water X B P G F
Propylene oxide V B T G G D Water (de-ionised) G B P G G
Pyridine G B T G G Water (demineralised) X B P G F
Pyrogallic acid V B V G G Water (detergent) X B P G F
Rapeseed oil G B V G G Water (mud) Q Q P G F
Resin (alkyd) Q Q V G G D Water (sandy) Q Q P G F
Resin (melamine) Q Q T G G D Water (soapy) X B P G F
Resin (phenolic) Q Q V G G D Water < 140 ºC Q B2 E G F
Salicylic acid V B E G G Water < 90 ºC V B P G F
Sandy water Water and oil (emulsion) F1 A P G F1
Q Q P G F
(high concentration) Wax F1 B V G F1
Sea (salt) water V B P G G Whisky X B P G F
Silicone liquid Q B E G F Wine X B P G F
Silicone oil F1 A E G F1 Xylene (xylol) V B V G G
Soap solution X B P G F Zinc chloride V B P G G
Sodium acetate >10% V B E G G D Zinc cyanide V B P G G D
Sodium carbonate V B P G G Zinc nitrate V B P G G
Sodium chloride < 10% V B E G G D Zinc sulphate 2 % V B P G G D
Sodium citrate Q Q E G G
Sodium cyanide V B P G G D
Sodium dichromate Y B T G G D: Back to back double seal assembly (with barrier fluid com-
Sodium disulfite V B P G G patible with the product at a pressure of 1,5 to 2 Bar above the
Sodium hydrogen V B P G G pressure of the pressure to be sealed).
carbonate
Sodium hydrogen *: Consult a technical office.
V B P G G
sulphate < 20%
Sodium hydroxide < 10 % Q Q E G F
Sodium hydroxide > 10 % Q Q E G F D
Sodium hypochlorite Y V V M1 M1 *
Sodium nitrate V B E G G
Sodium silicate Q Q P G G
Sodium sulfide V B P G G
Sodium sulfide < 2 % V B P G G
Sodium sulphate Q Q P G G
Sodium tetraborate Q Q E G G
Sodium thiocyanate V B P G G D
Sodium thiosulfate V B E G G
Soyabean oil V B P G G
Starch Q Q E G F *
Stearic acid V B T G G
Stoddard solvent G B V G G
Styrene Q Q T G G
Succinic acid V B E G G
Sugar juice V B P G G

165
COMPATIBILITY CHART

Compatibility chart
LIDERING CRANE BURGMANN AES VULCAN ROTEN OTHERS
MULTISPRING SEALS
LMS11 - M74 - - - -
Flowserve 8, Usseal VGMD, Usseal X
LMS20/ LMS20T 109 / 909 / 8 / 8T / 58U / 9 / 9 - M01/ M03 1609 90
Usseal W
LMS20B / LMS20BT 9B / 8-1 / 8B / 58B / 59B /109B - M04 1609B / 1609BS - -
LMS13 - - - - - FLUITEN UM3A
DEPAC 186, Flowserve BPO,
LMS14 - HJ4 - - -
Chesterton 891
LMS15D - - - - 877 Chesterton 440
LMS22 Flowserve Dura R0
LMS28 32 - - - - -
LMS29 - HRN - - - DEPAC 196, CHETRA 208, 210
LMS10D - M74D - - 822 -
WAVE SPRING SEALS
LWS10 - M7N / M78N W07 DM 1677 - Flowserve Europac 600, Latty U68
LWS10B - H7N - 1678 - Latty B68
LWS12 R33 - - 1633 - -
LWS30 / LWS30A HJ92 / HJ977GN M02 / H010 1609B / 40L EHS Chesterton 40S, 880, Latty B23
LWS70 /LWS71 80-87 / 80(DF / FP) - W01 / W02 1688 / 1688L 7 / UN 7 Flowserve 168
AXIAL SPRING SEALS
Flowserve CRO, 38, Latty U1000,
LS18/ LS19 - M3N T01 8 / 8 DIN L4B
Usseal VGME-2, Usseal VGME-3
LS60IN - - 2E
RN / LS60 T03 12 2 Flowserve 42
RN.NU / LS60DIN T03 DIN 12 DIN UN 2 Flowserve 42D
LS18B - H12N T02 8B - Flowserve CRO / 39 Usseal VGME-1
RNB / LS60B y RN.NB / LS60BDIN - - - - E / UN E -
FN / LS15 - - T04 13 3 Flowserve 43, Usseal VGMB
FN NU / LS15DIN T04 DIN 13 DIN UN 3 Flowserve 43D, Usseal VGMC-13
FH/FHC - - - 7 5/5H2 -
LS40A RD / 8TD / 8RTD / 1507 - P080 98 U2 Flowserve ARO, FRO
LS40C RD / 8TD / 8RTD / 1507 - - 97 U2 Flowserve ARO, FRO
BELLOWS SEALS
AR / LRB31 PR / DR - B01 18 37B / L5 Flowserve 118, Usseal VGMA
LRB00 2 - P02 / P04U A2 / A4 Flowserve 52, 31, Usseal D
LRB00L 1A (N SEAT) MG910 / D1-G50 P01 / P01T A1 / 10 51 Flowserve 100, Usseal U
LRB00U + PF L50 1 (US) MG901 / D1-G55 P05 U A5 / 22 - Flowserve 51, Usseal E
LRB01 21 / 43 CU short MG921 / D1-G55 P04 / P04T 11 21A Usseal C
LRB01S MG920 / D1-G50 P02,P02T 20 Flowserve 200
LRB04 / LRB06 521 MG912 / D1-G60 P03 24 52 / L4K Flowserve 240, Usseal VGMG
PNL - - - - - -
LRB02 6 - B-04 / B-04 U 65 16 Flowserve PAC SEAL 16, Usseal A/AV
LRB03/LRB03A / LRB03B 6A / 7 A2 B-03 / B03 U 75 68 Flowserve 68, 170, Usseal B/BV
LRB17 - MG1 B02 A19 L3 Flowserve 190, Usseal VGMC-1
LRB17A - NTA
LRB17E - MG1S20 BP02 1520 Flowserve 150
LRB17KU - MG12 B012 A192 L3K Flowserve 192, Usseal VGMC-12
LRB17NU - MG13 B013 A193 L3N Flowserve 193
LRB25 2100 S - B05 14 DIN - Flowserve 140, Usseal G
LRB25KU 2100 KU - B052 142DIN - Flowserve 142, Usseal G
LRB25NU 2100 NU - B053 153DIN - Flowserve 143, Usseal G
LRB50 502(NSEAT) - B07 1724 Usseal I
LMB84 - MBS100 / MFL BSAI / BSAIG - - Chesterton 286, Latty B17SH
LMB85 680 M FL85N - - - Chesterton 886, Latty B17
LMB86 609
LTB16 20 / 10T - - - - Flowserve TBR
ACCESSORIES
LST 6 - TS1000 - - - -
LST 10 - TS2000 - - - -
LQT - QTF - - - -

166
RELATED PRODUCTS

Packing
Packing is used to seal rotating, alternating or helical movements. Its
operating or sealing principle is achieved through the interference ob-
tained by external tightening.

Our packing is supplied in rolls of different lengths. The weight of these


rolls depends on the cross-section, length and material. This catalogue
contains a selection of the main materials we supply, depending on the
working conditions and application points.

Mounting
Pressurised
fluid

• Mounting:
When using packing in applications in which its use is necessary, it must
be cut by hand and the ring must be shaped.

A cutting template can be used or the packing can be wound around the
shaft and the rings cut. The 45° bevel cut is the most appropriate.

The rings must be inserted into the gasket one by one, with the cuts made Operations A Operations B
at right angles to each other, tightened by the gasketed flange by hand.
It is left to operate with constant leaks for 10 minutes and then tightened
to reduce the leaks to an acceptable level (10 to 20 drops per minute).

Leakage in the form of dripping is essential and ensures that the rings
will not overheat. The correct tightening for pump packings is 0.5 – 1.5 N/
cm2. For valves, the minimum tightening required is 5 N/cm2.

Operations C Operations D
• Selection:
To determine the correct braided packing type, the following must be
• Packing types:
known: fluid (liquid or gas), pH, temperature, pressure, type of movement,
speed, shaft Ø and housing. - PTFE packing
- Graphite packing
It is important to consider all these details when selecting the most sui- - Fibreglass packing
table packing type. - Packing with aramid fibres

• Surface finishes, housings:


To ensure the correct functioning of the packing it must be used in housings with certain finishes, otherwise it will rapidly deteriorate.

Centrifugal pump shafts Rt = 1 à 2,5 microns


Spindles
Sleeves

Gaskets Rt = 16 microns
Ø ext.)

The shaft hardness should be at least 50 Rockwell C.

167
RELATED PRODUCTS

Face seals
These seals are used for sealing in rotating applications in extremely harsh working
conditions in which high resistance to wear is required.

They are formed by two identical metal rings situated opposite each other through a
lapped area in two separate housings. One of the parts remains static in the housing
while the other rotates with its housing.

The rings are designed in such a way that they open outwards with respect to the
seal faces towards the shaft, forming a line (vacuum) in the shape of a cone that has
the following benefits:

- The lubricant easily reaches the seal faces, due to the capillarity effect and the
centrifugal force.

- As the wear increases, the face moves forwards toward the central shaft. Con-
sequently the seal has considerable wear resistance. The seal is completely worn
when the internal diameter is reached.

This type of seal is used in many different applications: caterpillar-tracked vehicles


such as diggers and bulldozers, heavy trucks, farming machines, tunnel boring ma-
chines, mixers, agitators, wind farms, lobe pumps for highly viscous fluids, helical
screw pumps, etc.

168
IDENTIFICATION GUIDE MECHANICAL SEALS

Identification guide mechanical seals


Company: Work fluids:

Contact person: Solid particles in suspension: YES NO

Pump brand: Model:_

Working Conditions:

Temperature: Cleaning: YES NO

Pressure: Conditions:

Speed:

Rotary Part / Face:


Spring: Direction of rotation: Example:
Single spring Right
Multi-spring
Left
Wave spring
Independent
Set screw Spring Seals Conical
Others
Specify

Spring Seals Cylindrical Bellows

Stationary Part:

Example:

With oring Rubber joint Anti-rotation slot Others

Dimensions (Sketch):

• Shaft diameter (d1): _______


• Exterior diameter of the rotary part (d3): _______
• Length of the rotary part, relaxed (without movement): _________
• Length of the rotary part, totally pressed: _______
• Length of the rotary part in working position (I3): _______
• Exterior diameter of the stationary part, oring includes (d7): _______
• High of the stationary part, from the rotating seal face till the end
of the oring (I4):_______

169
CARTRIDGES IDENTIFICACION GUIDE

Cartridges identification guide

Working Conditions:

Speed (rpm):

Temperature (°C):

Pressure (bar):

Media:

Solid particles in suspension YES NO

New application: YES NO

Current Product:

Explanation of application:

Dimensions:

(d1) Shaft diameter:

(d4) Stuffing box diameter:

(1) Number of bolts and diameter:

(2) Stuffing box length:

(3) Maximum installation length:

(d3) Maximum diameter of gland:

(4) External diameter between bolts:

170
NAMING CODES

Naming codes

Multrispring Seals Simple:

L MS Model - Shaft

Multrispring Seals Double:

L MS Model - Shaft - D
Wave Springs Seals Simple:

L WS Model - Shaft

Wave Springs Seals Double:

L WS Model - Shaft - D
Spring Seals Simple:

L S Model - Shaft

Rubber Bellows Seals:

L RB Model - Shaft

PTFE Bellow Seals:

L TB Model - Shaft

Metal Bellow Seals:

L MB Model - Shaft

171
Lidering S.A.U.
España
Cornellà de Llobregat
(Barcelona)
Headquarters
International Sales
+34 93 480 44 22
Domestic Sales
+34 93 480 44 11
Reus (Tarragona)
Production
+34 977 327 016

Lidering S.A.R.L.
France
Tél. 04 72 67 02 67
Lidering GmbH
Deutschland
Tel. 0211 522 890 94
S.A. Lidering N.V.
Belgique-België
Tél. +34 93 480 44 22
Lidering Mechanical Seals, S.A.
Panamá
Tel. 397-1572

www.lidering.com
email: info@lidering.com

D - I - SM - 07/2021

Manufacturing Sustainable Solutions

You might also like